final feedback report - powys county...
TRANSCRIPT
FINAL FEEDBACK REPORT
Findings from the public engagement and consultation exercise on plans for a three weekly
refuse collection service
Conducted August 2015
Background to the service
The move to a three weekly refuse collection service was agreed in principle by
members during their budget saving discussions held in JanuaryFebruary 2015 and
included in the mid-term financial plan
The change to a three weekly service would be expected to make savings of around
pound250k per annum This was one saving amongst a number discussed and agreed
by members to save a total of pound1163m for this current financial year
Another reason and benefit of moving to a three weekly refuse collection service -
whilst maintaining the weekly recycling service ndash is to increase the councilrsquos current
recycling rate and thus reduce the risk of a hefty fine from Welsh Government The
Welsh Government sets a target for local authorities in relation to how much waste is
sent to landfill If we landfill more than the tonnage set we face a fine
In conjunction with this we are also given recycling targets The current recycling
target of 52 was achieved This means that from all the household waste collected
by the council 52 was recycled By the end of this financial year (March 2016) the
local authority needs to be recycling 58 This will require an additional 4000 tonnes
to be diverted from landfill and instead recycled
Background to the consultation
Purpose
The consultation was undertaken to find out how people currently felt about their
recycling service how easy they found it how full their wheeled bin was currently
and how they thought theyrsquod cope and what concerns they might have about moving
to a three weekly collection
In particular in relation to the proposed move to a three weekly service the survey
aimed to find out from particular households (families with children in nappies or
households with incontinence waste to dispose of) what concerns or impacts they
felt a move to a three weekly service may have on them
Household types
Respondents were firstly asked to identify their household type or the type of
wheeled bin or service they received in relation to their current refuse collection Six
different household types were listed in the survey in the first question Respondents
were then linked to the relevant supplementary questions that affected them and
their families These were predominantly around capacity expectations and choices
regarding extra containersbinsbags etc if they qualified
For example residents with incontinence waste to dispose of were asked if they
would firstly find a separate service for this type of waste useful and if a service was
offered if they could then cope with the wheeled bin they had currently If an
additional service wasnrsquot deemed viable they were also asked if they would prefer a
bigger bin to cope with the extra weeksrsquo worth of waste or if theyrsquod rather have a roll
of purple sacks
All respondents were given opportunity to give final comments or remarks at the end
of the survey and all views have been analysed and are reported upon within this
report
Other methods to comment
Alongside running the online survey paper copies were distributed to all libraries
across Powys and posters displayed to encourage people to take part
Social media and press releases were issued to the local media and emails sent to
town and community councils and all councillors
Telephone interviews were conducted with a sample of residents who had
incontinence waste to dispose of and face to face interviews were conducted by a
Waste Awareness Adviser with families with children in nappies
Three focus groups were also held ndash two in Presteigne and one in Ystradgynlais to
seek views from members of the countyrsquos Citizens Panel A further one planned for
Welshpool was cancelled but a detailed telephone conversationinterview took place
with one resident who had expressed an interest to take part
Details of the feedback from these is on page xxx
Some written responses and emails were also received and logged during the
consultation period by residents town and community councils responding on behalf
of their communities and other interested parties who didnrsquot wish to complete the
online survey Details of the feedback from these respondents is on page xxxx
Report format
This report aims to give readers an overview on the key findings and the respondent
profile
It will then look at each question and also look at results from particular household
types eg households with two or more children in nappies or residents with a 120
litre bin and look at any distinct differences between views given to help draw
conclusions around how best to operate a three weekly collection service going
forward
It will then cover the other responses gained via the consultation including those
received from town and community councils or individuals and the information
gleaned by running the focus groups
Appendices are attached at the end of the report to give a flavour of some of the
comments received to the survey open questions and also comments logged during
the focus groups
A full list of comments is available on request Please note over a thousand
responses were received for two open ended questions
An Overview
The consultation provided a wealth of comments and insights into residentrsquos views
around a move to a three weekly refuse collection service alongside residentsrsquo
current recycling habits
Recycling
The vast majority of respondents felt it was easy to use the current recycling service
and that on the whole they were recycling as much of their waste as possible
However nearly two thirds of respondents (65) said their wheeled bin was already
full when they were due a collection on the fortnightly refuse collection service
Concerns
The key concerns about moving to a three weekly refuse collection service were
around space in the wheeled bin to fit in an extra weekrsquos worth of non-recyclable
waste possible smells vermin storage space if having an extra bin or recycling box
confusion on the frequency cycle and fear of increased fly tipping if people started to
dump their household waste elsewhere as their bins were full and refuse crews
refused to take side waste away There was a request for more information
communication and advice to be given to help families adjust to a three weekly
service and recycle all they could
Specific Households
Qualifying large family households families with children in nappies and residents
with incontinence waste to dispose of were particularly concerned about capacity
issues with the majority wanting a bigger or extra bin to help them store an extra
weekrsquos worth of waste
Families with children in nappies and those with incontinence waste to dispose of did
express an interest in a separate service but the majority were not convinced that
even with this in place they would then be able to manage with the wheeled bin they
currently had
Resident Profile
1781 householders responded to the online survey
52 had a standard 180 litre wheeled bin currently 11 were on purple sacks 9 had the smaller 120 litre bin 8 were families with two or more children in nappies 6 had incontinence waste and a further 6 were large families consisting of six or more people
Of those providing details over 1000 respondents were female and 500 male Nearly half the respondents (47) were under 45 years of age 40 were aged 45 ndash 64 years and 13 were aged 65+ Just under a quarter (22) said they had a disability
Key Findings
Recycling Service
87 of households found it either veryfairly easy to recycle their waste using the boxes provided for paper plastics glass or food waste
13 of respondents felt it was either fairlyvery difficult
216 respondents gave insights into why they found it difficult to recycle Reasons included recycling boxes being an awkward shape or size or not big enough or needing more boxes boxes being stolen space issues understanding what is and isnrsquot recyclable having to carry the boxes through the house on collection day boxes getting dirty when left out all day collection points being a distance away from home mobility issues to get the boxes to the kerbside etc
The vast majority of householders (91) stated they either did their bit or went above and beyond to ensure they recycled everything they could
Only 7 respondents (1) said they hadnrsquot got time to recycle and couldnrsquot be bothered to do so The remainder (6) said they recycled some items of waste but it was a bit time consuming sometimes
Refuse Collection Service
When asked how full their wheeled bin was currently when due a collection 259 residents (18) said it was either a quarter or half full 235 (17) said their bin was 34 full and 924 respondents (65) said their bin was full up
Of the 197 households on purple sacks the majority (79) put one or two sacks out currently when due a collection 16 placed 3 sacks out and 5 or 9 residents were putting out 4 or more sacks every fortnight
Overall the majority of residents felt they wouldnrsquot be able to manage with the bin they had currently with a move to a three weekly service Two thirds (66) stated they would find it hard 19 of respondents though felt they would manage without any problems and 15 were not too sure at this stage
Similarly 64 of residents on purple sacks felt they wouldnrsquot cope whilst just over a third were confident A number of concerns were expressed by residents on purple sacks around their rurality and fears around rodents and vermin being attracted if bags are stored outside the property Residents who
live in flats were also concerned about storage of the sacks for another week and the issues around smells
Interestingly just over 40 of households with a 120 litre bin currently felt they would cope on a three weekly service even though they had the smallest size bin 17 were not sure and the remaining 40 felt they may need to upgrade to the standard 180 litre bin
Although a number of respondents were interested in a separate nappy collectionincontinence waste service they did not feel that with this in situ that they would be able to cope with their current bin 70 of families with children in nappies were interested in a separate collection scheme but when asked if they felt with this in place it could free up space in their wheeled bin and they could then manage with their current wheeled bin 60 said no The figures who residents with incontinence waste were similar but with a more even split with regard to being able to manage 63 of resident with incontinence waste were interested in a separate collection and of these 49 felt they would be able to cope with their current bin meaning that 51 were not convinced
Question by question findings
When analysing surveys there are different methods of looking at the data given
The county council adopts the method by which you calculate the percentages
based on those who answer the question and discount those that give no view
In Question 1 below 23 respondents choose not to state what resident type they
were This means the total number of people who answered the question was 1758
(the base)
This is then used to work out the percentage of responses for each resident type
Eg For a large family consisting of 6 or more people there were 108 responses To
calculate the percentage response you do the following sum
108 1758 x 100 = 6
This means we can say that 6 of respondents who answered the question were
families consisting of six or more people
The base figure changes based on how many people answer each question in a
survey Although in total 1781 responses were received not every person answered
every question either because it was relevant or they didnrsquot want to
1 Could you firstly look at the list below and tick the description which best describes your household You are
Answer Count Percentage
A large family consisting of 6 or more people (1) 108 6
A family with 2 or more children in nappies (2) 147 8
A household with incontinence waste or similar (3)
106 6
A household who opted for a smaller 120 litre wheeled bin (4)
157 9
A household on purple sacks (5) 197 11
A household which has the standard 180 litre bin (7)
928 53
Other 115 7
BASE FIGURE 1758 100
No answer given + 23
Total sample 1781
The largest percentage of responses came from those residents who were on a standard 180litre wheeled bin 53 of respondents stated they had this type of bin which is to be expected as these are the bins that were delivered if a household hadnrsquot got additional needs or if they hadnrsquot sought the smaller 120litre bin when the fortnightly service was rolled out The 197 respondents who were on purple sacks made up the next highest figure at 11 Based on the rurality of Powys there are a number of properties that require a different approach and purple sacks offer an alternative to a wheeled bin People living in flats also receive purple sacks The 115 people who had chosen to state ldquootherrdquo when asked for their household type included families who had five people in them families with one child in nappies and some who had visiting grandchildren in nappies Q2 Where do you live Please provide the first 3 or 4 letters of your postcode
1777 postcodes were given which showed that on the whole responses had been received from across the county from Ystradgynlais through to Llanfair Caerinion and Machynlleth to Knighton and Presteigne
Q3 Firstly wed like to know how easy is it for your household to sort your food waste plastics cans glass cardboard and paper ready for the weekly recycling collection
Answer Count Percentage
Very easy 610 34
Easy 947 53
Fairly difficult 155 9
Very difficult 64 4
BASE FIGURE 1776 100
No answer given 5
Total sample 1781
Two follow up questions (Q3a and Q3b) were asked to the 219 respondents who answered fairly or very difficult to Q3
Q3a Please tell us what makes it difficult for you to recycle 216 respondents out of the 219 respondents gave their reasons These included
recycling boxes being an awkward shape or size
boxes being not big enough to hold all the recyclables people had to recycle
people needing more boxes and not knowing how to get them
boxes being stolen
space issues to store the boxes
understanding what is and isnrsquot recyclable
having to carry the boxes through the house on collection day
boxes getting dirty when left out all day
collection points being a distance away from a personrsquos home
mobility issues that people faced in getting the boxes to the kerbside
A full appendix of all the 216 comments received is available on request Some comments
are listed below
We are a top floor flat with limited space for the 3 boxes then I have to put the
boxes out on collection day which are barely full most weeks and so are usually
only put out once a month or so Id like to recycle more but since you took the
wheelie recycle bins away its become much more of a pain than it should be
The recycling itself is easy but the use of recycling boxes is inadequate for the
amount of recycling we undertake We are a household that recycles everything
that can be recycled but would be assisted by smaller wheeled bins for paper
plastic etc Also due to mobility difficulties is difficult to carry boxes to the waste
pickup point
I have problems with mobility and have steps in and out of property and up the side
of the house making it difficult I suffer with arthritis and it hurts my joints
constantly going to the bins
Live up a lane 200 yards long poor surface have to take bins to bottom of
land and have only one leg and am wheelchair bound
The boxes provided are terrible and definitely need improving Nowhere
to store them wheelie bins would be better with smaller stackable boxes
for indoors
Q3b The Councils Waste Awareness Advisors visit households to help them look at their waste and offer some support and advice on how to recycle more or avoid products with lots of packaging Would you like some help on what you can and cant recycle so you can free up space in your wheeled bin ahead of a three weekly collection service
186 respondents out of the 219 answered this question with 14 saying they may like some help 172 said they didnrsquot want a Waste Awareness Adviserrsquos help However on closer scrutiny from the 14 who expressed an interest 11 people went on to fill out the next question which asked for contact details Of these 11 only 8 respondents actually left their details The other 3 respondents had suggested an alternative way for the council to provide information This included using our website and writing to people One respondent said ldquoWritten or website advice in much greater detail is required with specific examples eg Philadelphia cheese topsrdquo
Answer Count
Yes 14
No 172
No answer 33
Total 219
Q3c Which of the following best describes your household type in terms of your approach to recycling
Overwhelmingly 90 of residents feel that they are recycling what they can from their household waste using the weekly kerbside service for glass plastics papercardboard and food waste Just over 90 stated that they were either lsquoavidrsquo recyclers who did all they can or they did their bit and recycled the vast majority of their waste (691 and 107 respectively) Less than 1 (7 respondents) said they put everything in their wheeled bin irrespective of whether or not it could be recycled and 3 (48 respondents) felt that it was the councilrsquos job to collect rubbish and they shouldnrsquot have to recycle
Answer Count Percentage
Avid recyclers who separate everything we can wash it and put it the boxes provided
863 50
A household that does their bit and recycles the vast majority of waste but slips up sometimes and could do a bit more
691 40
A household that recycles some items of waste but not others as itrsquos too much efforttime consuming
107 6
A household that puts everything in their wheeled bin or purple sack ndash wersquove not got time to recycle everything and canrsquot be bothered to do so
7 Less than 1 (04)
A household that feels we pay our council tax and thus shouldnrsquot have to recycle it as well Thatrsquos the councilrsquos job
48 3
BASE (those that answered the question)
1716 100
No answer 65
Total sample 1781
Q4 On average how full would you say your wheeled bin is currently when you are due a collection
Answer Count Percentage
A quarter full (25) 104 7
Half full (50) 155 11
Series1
0
200
400
600
800
Avid recyclersDo my bit
Wheeled binCouncils role
691
1077
48
Recycling Type
Three quarters full (75) 235 17
Full up (100) 916 65
BASE 1410 100
No answer 371
Total sample 1781
The table above shows that nearly two thirds of respondents said that their wheeled bin was currently full up when they were due a collection Just under a fifth said their bin was three quarters full Interestingly when you look at the total number of respondents per household type against those that said their bin was full up on collection day it is clear that the vast majority fall into either the large family or the families with two or more children in nappies categories In the table on the next page 100 out of the 108 large families who answered the survey (93) stated their wheeled bin was full up when due a collection on the current fortnightly service whilst 131 out of the 147 families who had two or more children in nappies (89) said their bin was full up too This shows a clear need for additional capacity when the council moves to three weekly collections for these particular households Similarly 80 of residents who have incontinence waste to dispose of were in the same situation Conversely only around a third of householders (38) who chose to have the smallest wheeled bin possible (the 120litre size) said theirs was full up once a fortnight suggesting that their non-recyclable waste must be very minimal For those who had a standard size 180 litre capacity wheeled bin 58 said it was full
HouseholdBin type Total no of responses
Number who felt their bin was 100 full when due a collection
Large family 108 100
2+ more children in nappies 147 131
Incontinence waste to dispose of 106 85
120 litre bin (small wheeled bin) 157 59
180 litre bin (standard size) 928 539
Total number of households who identified themselves into the categories given
1446 914
The chart here shows where respondents with a 120 litre bin live
Note Residents with purple sacks were not asked this question but a similar question to try and gauge how many bags they were putting out on a fortnightly basis This explains why the total figure given in the chart is 1446 as 197 residents stated they were on purple sacks and the remainder (138) didnrsquot choose a category ndash they chose lsquootherrsquo to describe their household
Q4a When we go to a three weekly rubbish collection do you think yoursquoll be able to manage with the bin yoursquove got
Answer Count Percentage
Yes 263 19
Not sure 217 15
No 924 66
BASE 1404 100
No answer 377
Total sample 1781
In total 1404 respondents out of a possible 1446 who had stated their household type and thus had a wheeled bin of some description answered this follow up question about whether they thought they could manage with the bin they had when the council moved to a three weekly service The table above shows that just under 20 (a fifth) thought they would manage 15 were not sure at this stage and two thirds or 66 didnrsquot think they could manage with their current wheeled bin Not surprisingly 818 of the 924 respondents shown in the above table had stated that their bin was currently full up when they were due a fortnightly collection On this basis itrsquos not surprising that they would feel that there was no more room in their bin for another weekrsquos worth of waste and thus wouldnrsquot manage Again the results showed that predominantly those feeling they
1910
27
3 1 6 3 5 3 1 2 5 1 19
224 4 2
10 11 7 1
157
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
12
0 li
tre
bin
byhellip
LD1
LD2
LD3
LD4
LD5
LD6
LD7
LD8
HR
3
HR
5
NP
8
SA9
SA1
0
SY1
0
SY1
5
SY1
6
SY1
7
SY1
8
SY1
9
SY2
0
SY2
1
SY2
2
No
po
stco
de
Tota
l
Respondents with a 120 litre bin by postcode
wouldnrsquot cope were large families families with children in nappies and those with incontinence waste to dispose of However 473 residents who currently have a standard 180litre bin also felt they wouldnrsquot be able to cope Interestingly there were five respondents who although theyrsquod stated that their 180litre bin was full up when due a collection in the previous question had perhaps reconsidered what they recycled and what they put in their wheeled bin currently because they answered lsquoyesrsquo they would manage on a three weekly cycle No other resident type who had stated their wheeled bin was already full had done so although 55 residents with a 180 litre bin had chosen lsquonot surersquo as their option suggesting that they would reserve judgement and see how a three weekly service worked for them in practice Q4b On average how many purple sacks do you put out currently on the fortnightly service 197 respondents identified themselves as being on purple sacks rather than having a wheeled bin There are a number of reasons why householders are either given or request this alternative provision Predominantly it can be because they donrsquot have space for a wheeled bin they live in a flat they live on a steep incline so a wheeled bin isnrsquot suitable or they live in a rural setting and have a shared residual waste collection point (for some people this can be down a track so in essence itrsquos not possible for a refuse lorry to get down to a property and equally residents wouldnrsquot want to attempt to wheel a bin up to said collection point
As can be seen in the bar chart above the vast majority of the 197 respondents put out just or two bags a fortnight Only 3 people said they tended to put out more than four bags a fortnight
Series10
50
100
150
200
1 2 3 4 4+ No ans Total
72 77
316 3 8
197
No of purple bags put out for collection per fortnight
Q4c When we go three weekly do you think yoursquoll manage as you are doing currently 189 out of the 197 on purple sacks responded to this follow up question with just over a third (37) stating yes they would manage but 63 feeling they wouldnrsquot
The next series of questions focused on the different household types and what the council was considering in terms of mitigations and extra capacity Q5 For large families consisting of six people or more you should currently have either a 180litre (standard size) bin or a 240litre (larger size) wheeled bin When we go three weekly if you couldnrsquot fit all your non-recyclable waste into the bin we are considering the following Please state which you would prefer
Option Count
180litre now + roll of purple sacks 4
Swap from 180litre to 240litre bin 34
240litre now + roll of purple sacks 12
240litre bin now + 120litre bin 52
Total 102
Out of the 108 residents who stated they were a large family 102 answered this question Overall it appears that for residents with a 180 litre bin the preference was to swap to a bigger 240litre bin Equally those that were already on a 240litrre bin would rather have an additional smaller 120litre bin However purple sacks were the preferred choice for some but the numbers were lower Q6 For families with 2 or more children in nappies you may currently have either a 180litre (standard size) bin or a 240litre (larger size) wheeled bin When we go three weekly we are considering a free nappy collection scheme (frequency to be determined but likely to be weekly or fortnightly)
37
63
of respondents on purple sacks
Yes No
which would allow you to dispose of your nappies and free up space in your wheeled bin for the rest of your non-recyclable waste Would this help 147 respondents had stated that they were in the position of having two or more children in nappies currently 139 of them chose to answer this question 70 felt a free and additional nappy collection service would be a help
The same respondents were then asked a follow up question Q6a If there was a nappy collection service in place do you feel confident that you could manage with the wheeled bin you have for the rest of your non-recyclable waste every three weeks Five of the 139 respondents who answered Q6 chose not to answer this follow up question leaving 134 responses The results showed that 60 were not convinced or confident that they would be able to manage with their current bin and an extra nappy collection service 40 felt they would be able to manage with six householders also happy to consider swapping back from a 240litre bin to the standard 180litre bin
Answer Count Percentage
Yes that would be fine 48 36
Yes and swap back to 180litre bin
6 4
No 80 60
Total 134 100
Finally the same respondents (families with 2 or more children in nappies) were asked one more question
0
20
40
60
80
100
Yes No
70
30
Chart Title
Q6b If the nappy service isnrsquot deemed viable for Powys then we are considering the following Which would be the best option for your household
Option Count
180litre now + roll of purple sacks 6
Swap from 180litre to 240litre bin 42
240litre now + roll of purple sacks 24
240litre bin now + 120litre bin 47
Total 119
119 families answered this final question As was the case for the larger families the preference for those with a 180litre bin was clearly to move to a 240litre wheeled bin instead Those families who were already on the larger bin were more likely to want an extra 120litre bin if there were no nappy collection scheme on offer but 24 did say theyrsquod prefer a roll of purple sacks instead Q7 For households where someone has incontinence waste or similar eg incontinence pads or colostomy bags you may have either a 180litre (standard size) or a 240litre (larger size) wheeled bin When we go three weekly wersquod like to be able to offer a free incontinence wastenappy collection scheme (frequency to be agreed but likely to be weekly or fortnightly) This would allow you to dispose of some of your waste and free up space in your wheeled bin for the rest of your non-recyclable waste (This scheme would not include colostomy bags) Would this help 106 residents stated they had incontinence waste to dispose of However only 85 choose to answer this first specific question about the proposals around three weekly collections 56 were interested in a free service whilst 29 were not
The same respondents were then asked a similar question as those families with children in nappies
56
29
Interest in incontinence collection scheme
Yes No
Q7a If there was a collection service in place do you feel confident that you could manage with the wheeled bin you have for the rest of your non-recyclable waste every three weeks One more person choose to answer this question so 86 respondents gave a view The results showed that 50 were not convinced or confident that they would be able to manage but 50 did Looking at the 50 who felt confident 10 of these residents said they were happy to consider swapping back from their current 240litre bin to the standard 180litre bin
Answer Count Percentage
Yes that would be fine 34 40
Yes and swap back to 180litre bin
9 10
No 43 50
Total 86 100
Q7b If the service isnrsquot deemed viable then we are considering the following Which would be the best option for your household 81 out of the 86 respondents who had answered the previous question gave a view on what might work best for them Again there appears to be a preference by residents for an extra bin rather than purple sacks
Option Count
180litre now + roll of purple sacks 13
Swap from 180litre to 240litre bin 28
240litre now + roll of purple sacks 13
240litre bin now + 120litre bin 27
Total 81
Q8 For households who opted for a 120litre bin there is an option to swap to a bigger 180litre bin or to stay as you are if you felt you didnrsquot have much non-recyclable waste to dispose of Which would be your preferred option 157 residents had identified themselves as having a 120litre bin which is the smallest wheeled bin available 144 answered this question 57 were happy to stay on the 120litre bin they had already compared to 43 who wanted to swap to a 180litre bin when the council moved to a three weekly collection
Answer Count Percentage
Stick with the 120litre bin 82
Swap to a 180 litre bin 62
Total 144
Q10 Having considered your household situation and the plans being put forward do you have any major concerns about a change to a three weekly rubbish collection service
Answer Count Percentage
Yes 1358 80
No 336 20
Total 1694 100
This question was asked of all respondents 1694 out of the 1781 respondents answered this question The vast majority (80) had some concerns about the move to a three weekly refuse collection service and these concerns related to a number of issues Residents were asked to give details Q10a The top five concerns were
potential smell of waste after three weeks
vermin
fly tipping
capacity issues re storage andor more boxes
communications and information re- recycling
Q10b What about moving to a monthly rubbish collection service Would
you have any objections if you could store your non-recyclable waste in a
big enough bin
Respondents were given the choice of four answers Two were objecting to a move to four weekly and two were supporting this 1683 responses were received for this question Just under a fifth (19) felt a move to a monthly collection service either now or after the three weekly service had been rolled out for a while would not cause them a problem However 81 did object
Answer Count Percentage
No I wouldnrsquot object It makes sense to go monthly and make the savings now rather than going 3 weekly and then monthly
173 10
No I wouldnrsquot object Irsquod be happy to go three weekly first and then move to a monthly collection over time
145 9
Yes I do object I think expecting households to wait three weeks for a collection is too long ndash savings or no savings Find them elsewhere
626 37
Yes I do object I think our recycling and rubbish collection service are the things that council tax payers can see for their money and going monthly isnrsquot acceptable
739 44
Total 1683 100
Q11 If you have any final comments or suggestions about recyclingrubbish
collections that yoursquod like to make please do so here
Over a thousand comments were received These comments were quite varied and
ranged from residents objecting per se to three weekly collections to some calls for
the council to get much tougher and fine people for not recycling their waste
There were comments that more communications information and advice was
needed to help residents understand what can and canrsquot be recycled and why we are
no longer taking the softer type plastic wrappings or bags This issue about
educating the public and helping them understand more about why certain decisions
are taken and what happens to the waste that goes to be recycled also came up in
the focus groups held in Presteigne in particular
There were some concerns about the potential smell of waste left for three weeks in
a wheeled bin ndash in particular things like pet waste nappies sanitary waste and dog
faeces which is generally put into wheeled bins There were also concerns about
flytipping
Some respondents called for the council to lobby the Welsh and Westminster
governmentrsquos about the cuts to funding and also to lobby and put pressure onto
manufacturers who produce a lot of unnecessary packaging
Other Responses
A further 20+ comments were received from residents via their local councillor from
a town and community council on behalf of their residents or from residents who
either emailed the council via the generic web site or a direct email address or who
rang to speak to an officer
These comments were all logged and analysed The majority resonated with the
views and concerns given by the wider sample and included comments on flytipping
health rats the impact on more urban towns confusion re a 3 weekly collection
cycle lack of garden waste collection storage and space issues operatives role in
keeping streets clean post a collection and comments regarding council tax and
value for money One resident suggested we consider electricity generation as in a
waste to energy plant and another request was made around better promotion and
communications regarding the whole reduce reuse and recycle ethos
Focus Groups
Some focus groups were also held in Presteige and Ystradgynlais with members of
the countyrsquos citizens panel to find out their views and concerns Presteigne
residents had been part of a Welsh Government project called Zero Waste a few
years ago and the majority had a 120 litre bin or purple sacks Residents in
Ystradgynlais were the first to receive the kerbside recycling service A focus group
for Welshpool was organised but only one person was able to attend so a telephone
interview was conducted instead with this resident The full findings will be included
in the final report but are summed up here
Presteigne focus group members were not overly concerned about moving to a three
weekly service but wanted to see better information advice and communications
around why we did and didnrsquot take certain materials and what residents can and
canrsquot recycle using the kerbside boxes and other outlets like the community recycling
sites and the household waste recycling centres They wanted Powys to promote
and make recycling as easy as possible They thought that the council should
assume people could cope with three weekly unless they stated otherwise and
thought residents should try the new service first and then be assessed if they
couldnrsquot manage with the bin they had They thought more could be done at
community recycling sites to allow residents to take other things there for recycling
Batteries and small electrical products were mentioned
Ystradgynlais focus group members felt it was easy to recycle overall but the boxes
were a bit cumbersome and some wanted more as theirs were full up Crews were
praised There were concerns expressed around communal bins for residents in
flats These were full up very quickly and perhaps used by other residents other than
those living in the flats to dispose of extra waste Storage was an issue for those
living in smaller homes and flats and the issue about getting older and putting out
heavy bins and boxes was expressed People felt they were happy to do their bit to
recycle but some families would struggle and need help and extra capacity
The telephone conversation with the Welshpool resident was based around the
difficulties faced by those living in a rural setting and the use of purple sacks and
communal collection points The gentleman had suggestions around better
communications and using the refuse crews to deliver regular flyers and information
to assist residents with their recycling
Conclusions
The purpose of the consultation was to seek and capture views from residents about
how easy they found it to recycle certain items of their household waste currently using the kerbside service (glass cardboard paper certain plastics and food)
how full up their wheeled bin was currently when due a fortnightly collection
what if any concerns they may have about a move to a three weekly refuse collection service
how the council might be able to mitigate for certain households who are more likely to produce more waste based on their personal circumstances (large families residents with incontinence waste to dispose of etc
The feedback received from the consultation will help the service
Understand what concerns households have regarding both the recycling and refuse collection service
Work to address said concerns wherever possible through targeted support and visits to householders who want some help or advice clear generic communications and information via the website posters letters and publicity
A note about market research and consultations
When conducting market research companies use a margin of error and confidence level to ensure that their results are robust and representative of the population they are seeking views from (the population of interest) A consultation however isnrsquot market research as people choose to respond and are not contacted using a sampling methodology People self-select so sometimes when conducting a consultation you only hear the views of the people who are either strongly in favour or strongly object to a proposal The silent majority may not have given a view However when we analyse any consultation results we do consider how robust they are in terms of the population of interest Powys has around 60000 households and a population of around 130000 Every household has the refuse collection and recycling service in one form or another so the population of interest is 60000 To get a robust and representative view of the population as a whole - using an market industry calculator ndash we needed over a thousand households to respond to the survey With 1781 householders responding minus the two Town and Community councils (1779) we can be 95 confident that the views given represent those of Powys households as a whole within a margin of error of 3 This means that as in question 3 where we ask people how easy they find it to recycle and 34 state ldquovery easyrdquo we can be sure that if we repeated the survey the results would be between the range of 31 and 37 When conducting consultation exercise Powys County Council works to the National Principles for Public Engagement in Wales httpwwwparticipationcymruorguknational-principles
Background to the service
The move to a three weekly refuse collection service was agreed in principle by
members during their budget saving discussions held in JanuaryFebruary 2015 and
included in the mid-term financial plan
The change to a three weekly service would be expected to make savings of around
pound250k per annum This was one saving amongst a number discussed and agreed
by members to save a total of pound1163m for this current financial year
Another reason and benefit of moving to a three weekly refuse collection service -
whilst maintaining the weekly recycling service ndash is to increase the councilrsquos current
recycling rate and thus reduce the risk of a hefty fine from Welsh Government The
Welsh Government sets a target for local authorities in relation to how much waste is
sent to landfill If we landfill more than the tonnage set we face a fine
In conjunction with this we are also given recycling targets The current recycling
target of 52 was achieved This means that from all the household waste collected
by the council 52 was recycled By the end of this financial year (March 2016) the
local authority needs to be recycling 58 This will require an additional 4000 tonnes
to be diverted from landfill and instead recycled
Background to the consultation
Purpose
The consultation was undertaken to find out how people currently felt about their
recycling service how easy they found it how full their wheeled bin was currently
and how they thought theyrsquod cope and what concerns they might have about moving
to a three weekly collection
In particular in relation to the proposed move to a three weekly service the survey
aimed to find out from particular households (families with children in nappies or
households with incontinence waste to dispose of) what concerns or impacts they
felt a move to a three weekly service may have on them
Household types
Respondents were firstly asked to identify their household type or the type of
wheeled bin or service they received in relation to their current refuse collection Six
different household types were listed in the survey in the first question Respondents
were then linked to the relevant supplementary questions that affected them and
their families These were predominantly around capacity expectations and choices
regarding extra containersbinsbags etc if they qualified
For example residents with incontinence waste to dispose of were asked if they
would firstly find a separate service for this type of waste useful and if a service was
offered if they could then cope with the wheeled bin they had currently If an
additional service wasnrsquot deemed viable they were also asked if they would prefer a
bigger bin to cope with the extra weeksrsquo worth of waste or if theyrsquod rather have a roll
of purple sacks
All respondents were given opportunity to give final comments or remarks at the end
of the survey and all views have been analysed and are reported upon within this
report
Other methods to comment
Alongside running the online survey paper copies were distributed to all libraries
across Powys and posters displayed to encourage people to take part
Social media and press releases were issued to the local media and emails sent to
town and community councils and all councillors
Telephone interviews were conducted with a sample of residents who had
incontinence waste to dispose of and face to face interviews were conducted by a
Waste Awareness Adviser with families with children in nappies
Three focus groups were also held ndash two in Presteigne and one in Ystradgynlais to
seek views from members of the countyrsquos Citizens Panel A further one planned for
Welshpool was cancelled but a detailed telephone conversationinterview took place
with one resident who had expressed an interest to take part
Details of the feedback from these is on page xxx
Some written responses and emails were also received and logged during the
consultation period by residents town and community councils responding on behalf
of their communities and other interested parties who didnrsquot wish to complete the
online survey Details of the feedback from these respondents is on page xxxx
Report format
This report aims to give readers an overview on the key findings and the respondent
profile
It will then look at each question and also look at results from particular household
types eg households with two or more children in nappies or residents with a 120
litre bin and look at any distinct differences between views given to help draw
conclusions around how best to operate a three weekly collection service going
forward
It will then cover the other responses gained via the consultation including those
received from town and community councils or individuals and the information
gleaned by running the focus groups
Appendices are attached at the end of the report to give a flavour of some of the
comments received to the survey open questions and also comments logged during
the focus groups
A full list of comments is available on request Please note over a thousand
responses were received for two open ended questions
An Overview
The consultation provided a wealth of comments and insights into residentrsquos views
around a move to a three weekly refuse collection service alongside residentsrsquo
current recycling habits
Recycling
The vast majority of respondents felt it was easy to use the current recycling service
and that on the whole they were recycling as much of their waste as possible
However nearly two thirds of respondents (65) said their wheeled bin was already
full when they were due a collection on the fortnightly refuse collection service
Concerns
The key concerns about moving to a three weekly refuse collection service were
around space in the wheeled bin to fit in an extra weekrsquos worth of non-recyclable
waste possible smells vermin storage space if having an extra bin or recycling box
confusion on the frequency cycle and fear of increased fly tipping if people started to
dump their household waste elsewhere as their bins were full and refuse crews
refused to take side waste away There was a request for more information
communication and advice to be given to help families adjust to a three weekly
service and recycle all they could
Specific Households
Qualifying large family households families with children in nappies and residents
with incontinence waste to dispose of were particularly concerned about capacity
issues with the majority wanting a bigger or extra bin to help them store an extra
weekrsquos worth of waste
Families with children in nappies and those with incontinence waste to dispose of did
express an interest in a separate service but the majority were not convinced that
even with this in place they would then be able to manage with the wheeled bin they
currently had
Resident Profile
1781 householders responded to the online survey
52 had a standard 180 litre wheeled bin currently 11 were on purple sacks 9 had the smaller 120 litre bin 8 were families with two or more children in nappies 6 had incontinence waste and a further 6 were large families consisting of six or more people
Of those providing details over 1000 respondents were female and 500 male Nearly half the respondents (47) were under 45 years of age 40 were aged 45 ndash 64 years and 13 were aged 65+ Just under a quarter (22) said they had a disability
Key Findings
Recycling Service
87 of households found it either veryfairly easy to recycle their waste using the boxes provided for paper plastics glass or food waste
13 of respondents felt it was either fairlyvery difficult
216 respondents gave insights into why they found it difficult to recycle Reasons included recycling boxes being an awkward shape or size or not big enough or needing more boxes boxes being stolen space issues understanding what is and isnrsquot recyclable having to carry the boxes through the house on collection day boxes getting dirty when left out all day collection points being a distance away from home mobility issues to get the boxes to the kerbside etc
The vast majority of householders (91) stated they either did their bit or went above and beyond to ensure they recycled everything they could
Only 7 respondents (1) said they hadnrsquot got time to recycle and couldnrsquot be bothered to do so The remainder (6) said they recycled some items of waste but it was a bit time consuming sometimes
Refuse Collection Service
When asked how full their wheeled bin was currently when due a collection 259 residents (18) said it was either a quarter or half full 235 (17) said their bin was 34 full and 924 respondents (65) said their bin was full up
Of the 197 households on purple sacks the majority (79) put one or two sacks out currently when due a collection 16 placed 3 sacks out and 5 or 9 residents were putting out 4 or more sacks every fortnight
Overall the majority of residents felt they wouldnrsquot be able to manage with the bin they had currently with a move to a three weekly service Two thirds (66) stated they would find it hard 19 of respondents though felt they would manage without any problems and 15 were not too sure at this stage
Similarly 64 of residents on purple sacks felt they wouldnrsquot cope whilst just over a third were confident A number of concerns were expressed by residents on purple sacks around their rurality and fears around rodents and vermin being attracted if bags are stored outside the property Residents who
live in flats were also concerned about storage of the sacks for another week and the issues around smells
Interestingly just over 40 of households with a 120 litre bin currently felt they would cope on a three weekly service even though they had the smallest size bin 17 were not sure and the remaining 40 felt they may need to upgrade to the standard 180 litre bin
Although a number of respondents were interested in a separate nappy collectionincontinence waste service they did not feel that with this in situ that they would be able to cope with their current bin 70 of families with children in nappies were interested in a separate collection scheme but when asked if they felt with this in place it could free up space in their wheeled bin and they could then manage with their current wheeled bin 60 said no The figures who residents with incontinence waste were similar but with a more even split with regard to being able to manage 63 of resident with incontinence waste were interested in a separate collection and of these 49 felt they would be able to cope with their current bin meaning that 51 were not convinced
Question by question findings
When analysing surveys there are different methods of looking at the data given
The county council adopts the method by which you calculate the percentages
based on those who answer the question and discount those that give no view
In Question 1 below 23 respondents choose not to state what resident type they
were This means the total number of people who answered the question was 1758
(the base)
This is then used to work out the percentage of responses for each resident type
Eg For a large family consisting of 6 or more people there were 108 responses To
calculate the percentage response you do the following sum
108 1758 x 100 = 6
This means we can say that 6 of respondents who answered the question were
families consisting of six or more people
The base figure changes based on how many people answer each question in a
survey Although in total 1781 responses were received not every person answered
every question either because it was relevant or they didnrsquot want to
1 Could you firstly look at the list below and tick the description which best describes your household You are
Answer Count Percentage
A large family consisting of 6 or more people (1) 108 6
A family with 2 or more children in nappies (2) 147 8
A household with incontinence waste or similar (3)
106 6
A household who opted for a smaller 120 litre wheeled bin (4)
157 9
A household on purple sacks (5) 197 11
A household which has the standard 180 litre bin (7)
928 53
Other 115 7
BASE FIGURE 1758 100
No answer given + 23
Total sample 1781
The largest percentage of responses came from those residents who were on a standard 180litre wheeled bin 53 of respondents stated they had this type of bin which is to be expected as these are the bins that were delivered if a household hadnrsquot got additional needs or if they hadnrsquot sought the smaller 120litre bin when the fortnightly service was rolled out The 197 respondents who were on purple sacks made up the next highest figure at 11 Based on the rurality of Powys there are a number of properties that require a different approach and purple sacks offer an alternative to a wheeled bin People living in flats also receive purple sacks The 115 people who had chosen to state ldquootherrdquo when asked for their household type included families who had five people in them families with one child in nappies and some who had visiting grandchildren in nappies Q2 Where do you live Please provide the first 3 or 4 letters of your postcode
1777 postcodes were given which showed that on the whole responses had been received from across the county from Ystradgynlais through to Llanfair Caerinion and Machynlleth to Knighton and Presteigne
Q3 Firstly wed like to know how easy is it for your household to sort your food waste plastics cans glass cardboard and paper ready for the weekly recycling collection
Answer Count Percentage
Very easy 610 34
Easy 947 53
Fairly difficult 155 9
Very difficult 64 4
BASE FIGURE 1776 100
No answer given 5
Total sample 1781
Two follow up questions (Q3a and Q3b) were asked to the 219 respondents who answered fairly or very difficult to Q3
Q3a Please tell us what makes it difficult for you to recycle 216 respondents out of the 219 respondents gave their reasons These included
recycling boxes being an awkward shape or size
boxes being not big enough to hold all the recyclables people had to recycle
people needing more boxes and not knowing how to get them
boxes being stolen
space issues to store the boxes
understanding what is and isnrsquot recyclable
having to carry the boxes through the house on collection day
boxes getting dirty when left out all day
collection points being a distance away from a personrsquos home
mobility issues that people faced in getting the boxes to the kerbside
A full appendix of all the 216 comments received is available on request Some comments
are listed below
We are a top floor flat with limited space for the 3 boxes then I have to put the
boxes out on collection day which are barely full most weeks and so are usually
only put out once a month or so Id like to recycle more but since you took the
wheelie recycle bins away its become much more of a pain than it should be
The recycling itself is easy but the use of recycling boxes is inadequate for the
amount of recycling we undertake We are a household that recycles everything
that can be recycled but would be assisted by smaller wheeled bins for paper
plastic etc Also due to mobility difficulties is difficult to carry boxes to the waste
pickup point
I have problems with mobility and have steps in and out of property and up the side
of the house making it difficult I suffer with arthritis and it hurts my joints
constantly going to the bins
Live up a lane 200 yards long poor surface have to take bins to bottom of
land and have only one leg and am wheelchair bound
The boxes provided are terrible and definitely need improving Nowhere
to store them wheelie bins would be better with smaller stackable boxes
for indoors
Q3b The Councils Waste Awareness Advisors visit households to help them look at their waste and offer some support and advice on how to recycle more or avoid products with lots of packaging Would you like some help on what you can and cant recycle so you can free up space in your wheeled bin ahead of a three weekly collection service
186 respondents out of the 219 answered this question with 14 saying they may like some help 172 said they didnrsquot want a Waste Awareness Adviserrsquos help However on closer scrutiny from the 14 who expressed an interest 11 people went on to fill out the next question which asked for contact details Of these 11 only 8 respondents actually left their details The other 3 respondents had suggested an alternative way for the council to provide information This included using our website and writing to people One respondent said ldquoWritten or website advice in much greater detail is required with specific examples eg Philadelphia cheese topsrdquo
Answer Count
Yes 14
No 172
No answer 33
Total 219
Q3c Which of the following best describes your household type in terms of your approach to recycling
Overwhelmingly 90 of residents feel that they are recycling what they can from their household waste using the weekly kerbside service for glass plastics papercardboard and food waste Just over 90 stated that they were either lsquoavidrsquo recyclers who did all they can or they did their bit and recycled the vast majority of their waste (691 and 107 respectively) Less than 1 (7 respondents) said they put everything in their wheeled bin irrespective of whether or not it could be recycled and 3 (48 respondents) felt that it was the councilrsquos job to collect rubbish and they shouldnrsquot have to recycle
Answer Count Percentage
Avid recyclers who separate everything we can wash it and put it the boxes provided
863 50
A household that does their bit and recycles the vast majority of waste but slips up sometimes and could do a bit more
691 40
A household that recycles some items of waste but not others as itrsquos too much efforttime consuming
107 6
A household that puts everything in their wheeled bin or purple sack ndash wersquove not got time to recycle everything and canrsquot be bothered to do so
7 Less than 1 (04)
A household that feels we pay our council tax and thus shouldnrsquot have to recycle it as well Thatrsquos the councilrsquos job
48 3
BASE (those that answered the question)
1716 100
No answer 65
Total sample 1781
Q4 On average how full would you say your wheeled bin is currently when you are due a collection
Answer Count Percentage
A quarter full (25) 104 7
Half full (50) 155 11
Series1
0
200
400
600
800
Avid recyclersDo my bit
Wheeled binCouncils role
691
1077
48
Recycling Type
Three quarters full (75) 235 17
Full up (100) 916 65
BASE 1410 100
No answer 371
Total sample 1781
The table above shows that nearly two thirds of respondents said that their wheeled bin was currently full up when they were due a collection Just under a fifth said their bin was three quarters full Interestingly when you look at the total number of respondents per household type against those that said their bin was full up on collection day it is clear that the vast majority fall into either the large family or the families with two or more children in nappies categories In the table on the next page 100 out of the 108 large families who answered the survey (93) stated their wheeled bin was full up when due a collection on the current fortnightly service whilst 131 out of the 147 families who had two or more children in nappies (89) said their bin was full up too This shows a clear need for additional capacity when the council moves to three weekly collections for these particular households Similarly 80 of residents who have incontinence waste to dispose of were in the same situation Conversely only around a third of householders (38) who chose to have the smallest wheeled bin possible (the 120litre size) said theirs was full up once a fortnight suggesting that their non-recyclable waste must be very minimal For those who had a standard size 180 litre capacity wheeled bin 58 said it was full
HouseholdBin type Total no of responses
Number who felt their bin was 100 full when due a collection
Large family 108 100
2+ more children in nappies 147 131
Incontinence waste to dispose of 106 85
120 litre bin (small wheeled bin) 157 59
180 litre bin (standard size) 928 539
Total number of households who identified themselves into the categories given
1446 914
The chart here shows where respondents with a 120 litre bin live
Note Residents with purple sacks were not asked this question but a similar question to try and gauge how many bags they were putting out on a fortnightly basis This explains why the total figure given in the chart is 1446 as 197 residents stated they were on purple sacks and the remainder (138) didnrsquot choose a category ndash they chose lsquootherrsquo to describe their household
Q4a When we go to a three weekly rubbish collection do you think yoursquoll be able to manage with the bin yoursquove got
Answer Count Percentage
Yes 263 19
Not sure 217 15
No 924 66
BASE 1404 100
No answer 377
Total sample 1781
In total 1404 respondents out of a possible 1446 who had stated their household type and thus had a wheeled bin of some description answered this follow up question about whether they thought they could manage with the bin they had when the council moved to a three weekly service The table above shows that just under 20 (a fifth) thought they would manage 15 were not sure at this stage and two thirds or 66 didnrsquot think they could manage with their current wheeled bin Not surprisingly 818 of the 924 respondents shown in the above table had stated that their bin was currently full up when they were due a fortnightly collection On this basis itrsquos not surprising that they would feel that there was no more room in their bin for another weekrsquos worth of waste and thus wouldnrsquot manage Again the results showed that predominantly those feeling they
1910
27
3 1 6 3 5 3 1 2 5 1 19
224 4 2
10 11 7 1
157
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
12
0 li
tre
bin
byhellip
LD1
LD2
LD3
LD4
LD5
LD6
LD7
LD8
HR
3
HR
5
NP
8
SA9
SA1
0
SY1
0
SY1
5
SY1
6
SY1
7
SY1
8
SY1
9
SY2
0
SY2
1
SY2
2
No
po
stco
de
Tota
l
Respondents with a 120 litre bin by postcode
wouldnrsquot cope were large families families with children in nappies and those with incontinence waste to dispose of However 473 residents who currently have a standard 180litre bin also felt they wouldnrsquot be able to cope Interestingly there were five respondents who although theyrsquod stated that their 180litre bin was full up when due a collection in the previous question had perhaps reconsidered what they recycled and what they put in their wheeled bin currently because they answered lsquoyesrsquo they would manage on a three weekly cycle No other resident type who had stated their wheeled bin was already full had done so although 55 residents with a 180 litre bin had chosen lsquonot surersquo as their option suggesting that they would reserve judgement and see how a three weekly service worked for them in practice Q4b On average how many purple sacks do you put out currently on the fortnightly service 197 respondents identified themselves as being on purple sacks rather than having a wheeled bin There are a number of reasons why householders are either given or request this alternative provision Predominantly it can be because they donrsquot have space for a wheeled bin they live in a flat they live on a steep incline so a wheeled bin isnrsquot suitable or they live in a rural setting and have a shared residual waste collection point (for some people this can be down a track so in essence itrsquos not possible for a refuse lorry to get down to a property and equally residents wouldnrsquot want to attempt to wheel a bin up to said collection point
As can be seen in the bar chart above the vast majority of the 197 respondents put out just or two bags a fortnight Only 3 people said they tended to put out more than four bags a fortnight
Series10
50
100
150
200
1 2 3 4 4+ No ans Total
72 77
316 3 8
197
No of purple bags put out for collection per fortnight
Q4c When we go three weekly do you think yoursquoll manage as you are doing currently 189 out of the 197 on purple sacks responded to this follow up question with just over a third (37) stating yes they would manage but 63 feeling they wouldnrsquot
The next series of questions focused on the different household types and what the council was considering in terms of mitigations and extra capacity Q5 For large families consisting of six people or more you should currently have either a 180litre (standard size) bin or a 240litre (larger size) wheeled bin When we go three weekly if you couldnrsquot fit all your non-recyclable waste into the bin we are considering the following Please state which you would prefer
Option Count
180litre now + roll of purple sacks 4
Swap from 180litre to 240litre bin 34
240litre now + roll of purple sacks 12
240litre bin now + 120litre bin 52
Total 102
Out of the 108 residents who stated they were a large family 102 answered this question Overall it appears that for residents with a 180 litre bin the preference was to swap to a bigger 240litre bin Equally those that were already on a 240litrre bin would rather have an additional smaller 120litre bin However purple sacks were the preferred choice for some but the numbers were lower Q6 For families with 2 or more children in nappies you may currently have either a 180litre (standard size) bin or a 240litre (larger size) wheeled bin When we go three weekly we are considering a free nappy collection scheme (frequency to be determined but likely to be weekly or fortnightly)
37
63
of respondents on purple sacks
Yes No
which would allow you to dispose of your nappies and free up space in your wheeled bin for the rest of your non-recyclable waste Would this help 147 respondents had stated that they were in the position of having two or more children in nappies currently 139 of them chose to answer this question 70 felt a free and additional nappy collection service would be a help
The same respondents were then asked a follow up question Q6a If there was a nappy collection service in place do you feel confident that you could manage with the wheeled bin you have for the rest of your non-recyclable waste every three weeks Five of the 139 respondents who answered Q6 chose not to answer this follow up question leaving 134 responses The results showed that 60 were not convinced or confident that they would be able to manage with their current bin and an extra nappy collection service 40 felt they would be able to manage with six householders also happy to consider swapping back from a 240litre bin to the standard 180litre bin
Answer Count Percentage
Yes that would be fine 48 36
Yes and swap back to 180litre bin
6 4
No 80 60
Total 134 100
Finally the same respondents (families with 2 or more children in nappies) were asked one more question
0
20
40
60
80
100
Yes No
70
30
Chart Title
Q6b If the nappy service isnrsquot deemed viable for Powys then we are considering the following Which would be the best option for your household
Option Count
180litre now + roll of purple sacks 6
Swap from 180litre to 240litre bin 42
240litre now + roll of purple sacks 24
240litre bin now + 120litre bin 47
Total 119
119 families answered this final question As was the case for the larger families the preference for those with a 180litre bin was clearly to move to a 240litre wheeled bin instead Those families who were already on the larger bin were more likely to want an extra 120litre bin if there were no nappy collection scheme on offer but 24 did say theyrsquod prefer a roll of purple sacks instead Q7 For households where someone has incontinence waste or similar eg incontinence pads or colostomy bags you may have either a 180litre (standard size) or a 240litre (larger size) wheeled bin When we go three weekly wersquod like to be able to offer a free incontinence wastenappy collection scheme (frequency to be agreed but likely to be weekly or fortnightly) This would allow you to dispose of some of your waste and free up space in your wheeled bin for the rest of your non-recyclable waste (This scheme would not include colostomy bags) Would this help 106 residents stated they had incontinence waste to dispose of However only 85 choose to answer this first specific question about the proposals around three weekly collections 56 were interested in a free service whilst 29 were not
The same respondents were then asked a similar question as those families with children in nappies
56
29
Interest in incontinence collection scheme
Yes No
Q7a If there was a collection service in place do you feel confident that you could manage with the wheeled bin you have for the rest of your non-recyclable waste every three weeks One more person choose to answer this question so 86 respondents gave a view The results showed that 50 were not convinced or confident that they would be able to manage but 50 did Looking at the 50 who felt confident 10 of these residents said they were happy to consider swapping back from their current 240litre bin to the standard 180litre bin
Answer Count Percentage
Yes that would be fine 34 40
Yes and swap back to 180litre bin
9 10
No 43 50
Total 86 100
Q7b If the service isnrsquot deemed viable then we are considering the following Which would be the best option for your household 81 out of the 86 respondents who had answered the previous question gave a view on what might work best for them Again there appears to be a preference by residents for an extra bin rather than purple sacks
Option Count
180litre now + roll of purple sacks 13
Swap from 180litre to 240litre bin 28
240litre now + roll of purple sacks 13
240litre bin now + 120litre bin 27
Total 81
Q8 For households who opted for a 120litre bin there is an option to swap to a bigger 180litre bin or to stay as you are if you felt you didnrsquot have much non-recyclable waste to dispose of Which would be your preferred option 157 residents had identified themselves as having a 120litre bin which is the smallest wheeled bin available 144 answered this question 57 were happy to stay on the 120litre bin they had already compared to 43 who wanted to swap to a 180litre bin when the council moved to a three weekly collection
Answer Count Percentage
Stick with the 120litre bin 82
Swap to a 180 litre bin 62
Total 144
Q10 Having considered your household situation and the plans being put forward do you have any major concerns about a change to a three weekly rubbish collection service
Answer Count Percentage
Yes 1358 80
No 336 20
Total 1694 100
This question was asked of all respondents 1694 out of the 1781 respondents answered this question The vast majority (80) had some concerns about the move to a three weekly refuse collection service and these concerns related to a number of issues Residents were asked to give details Q10a The top five concerns were
potential smell of waste after three weeks
vermin
fly tipping
capacity issues re storage andor more boxes
communications and information re- recycling
Q10b What about moving to a monthly rubbish collection service Would
you have any objections if you could store your non-recyclable waste in a
big enough bin
Respondents were given the choice of four answers Two were objecting to a move to four weekly and two were supporting this 1683 responses were received for this question Just under a fifth (19) felt a move to a monthly collection service either now or after the three weekly service had been rolled out for a while would not cause them a problem However 81 did object
Answer Count Percentage
No I wouldnrsquot object It makes sense to go monthly and make the savings now rather than going 3 weekly and then monthly
173 10
No I wouldnrsquot object Irsquod be happy to go three weekly first and then move to a monthly collection over time
145 9
Yes I do object I think expecting households to wait three weeks for a collection is too long ndash savings or no savings Find them elsewhere
626 37
Yes I do object I think our recycling and rubbish collection service are the things that council tax payers can see for their money and going monthly isnrsquot acceptable
739 44
Total 1683 100
Q11 If you have any final comments or suggestions about recyclingrubbish
collections that yoursquod like to make please do so here
Over a thousand comments were received These comments were quite varied and
ranged from residents objecting per se to three weekly collections to some calls for
the council to get much tougher and fine people for not recycling their waste
There were comments that more communications information and advice was
needed to help residents understand what can and canrsquot be recycled and why we are
no longer taking the softer type plastic wrappings or bags This issue about
educating the public and helping them understand more about why certain decisions
are taken and what happens to the waste that goes to be recycled also came up in
the focus groups held in Presteigne in particular
There were some concerns about the potential smell of waste left for three weeks in
a wheeled bin ndash in particular things like pet waste nappies sanitary waste and dog
faeces which is generally put into wheeled bins There were also concerns about
flytipping
Some respondents called for the council to lobby the Welsh and Westminster
governmentrsquos about the cuts to funding and also to lobby and put pressure onto
manufacturers who produce a lot of unnecessary packaging
Other Responses
A further 20+ comments were received from residents via their local councillor from
a town and community council on behalf of their residents or from residents who
either emailed the council via the generic web site or a direct email address or who
rang to speak to an officer
These comments were all logged and analysed The majority resonated with the
views and concerns given by the wider sample and included comments on flytipping
health rats the impact on more urban towns confusion re a 3 weekly collection
cycle lack of garden waste collection storage and space issues operatives role in
keeping streets clean post a collection and comments regarding council tax and
value for money One resident suggested we consider electricity generation as in a
waste to energy plant and another request was made around better promotion and
communications regarding the whole reduce reuse and recycle ethos
Focus Groups
Some focus groups were also held in Presteige and Ystradgynlais with members of
the countyrsquos citizens panel to find out their views and concerns Presteigne
residents had been part of a Welsh Government project called Zero Waste a few
years ago and the majority had a 120 litre bin or purple sacks Residents in
Ystradgynlais were the first to receive the kerbside recycling service A focus group
for Welshpool was organised but only one person was able to attend so a telephone
interview was conducted instead with this resident The full findings will be included
in the final report but are summed up here
Presteigne focus group members were not overly concerned about moving to a three
weekly service but wanted to see better information advice and communications
around why we did and didnrsquot take certain materials and what residents can and
canrsquot recycle using the kerbside boxes and other outlets like the community recycling
sites and the household waste recycling centres They wanted Powys to promote
and make recycling as easy as possible They thought that the council should
assume people could cope with three weekly unless they stated otherwise and
thought residents should try the new service first and then be assessed if they
couldnrsquot manage with the bin they had They thought more could be done at
community recycling sites to allow residents to take other things there for recycling
Batteries and small electrical products were mentioned
Ystradgynlais focus group members felt it was easy to recycle overall but the boxes
were a bit cumbersome and some wanted more as theirs were full up Crews were
praised There were concerns expressed around communal bins for residents in
flats These were full up very quickly and perhaps used by other residents other than
those living in the flats to dispose of extra waste Storage was an issue for those
living in smaller homes and flats and the issue about getting older and putting out
heavy bins and boxes was expressed People felt they were happy to do their bit to
recycle but some families would struggle and need help and extra capacity
The telephone conversation with the Welshpool resident was based around the
difficulties faced by those living in a rural setting and the use of purple sacks and
communal collection points The gentleman had suggestions around better
communications and using the refuse crews to deliver regular flyers and information
to assist residents with their recycling
Conclusions
The purpose of the consultation was to seek and capture views from residents about
how easy they found it to recycle certain items of their household waste currently using the kerbside service (glass cardboard paper certain plastics and food)
how full up their wheeled bin was currently when due a fortnightly collection
what if any concerns they may have about a move to a three weekly refuse collection service
how the council might be able to mitigate for certain households who are more likely to produce more waste based on their personal circumstances (large families residents with incontinence waste to dispose of etc
The feedback received from the consultation will help the service
Understand what concerns households have regarding both the recycling and refuse collection service
Work to address said concerns wherever possible through targeted support and visits to householders who want some help or advice clear generic communications and information via the website posters letters and publicity
A note about market research and consultations
When conducting market research companies use a margin of error and confidence level to ensure that their results are robust and representative of the population they are seeking views from (the population of interest) A consultation however isnrsquot market research as people choose to respond and are not contacted using a sampling methodology People self-select so sometimes when conducting a consultation you only hear the views of the people who are either strongly in favour or strongly object to a proposal The silent majority may not have given a view However when we analyse any consultation results we do consider how robust they are in terms of the population of interest Powys has around 60000 households and a population of around 130000 Every household has the refuse collection and recycling service in one form or another so the population of interest is 60000 To get a robust and representative view of the population as a whole - using an market industry calculator ndash we needed over a thousand households to respond to the survey With 1781 householders responding minus the two Town and Community councils (1779) we can be 95 confident that the views given represent those of Powys households as a whole within a margin of error of 3 This means that as in question 3 where we ask people how easy they find it to recycle and 34 state ldquovery easyrdquo we can be sure that if we repeated the survey the results would be between the range of 31 and 37 When conducting consultation exercise Powys County Council works to the National Principles for Public Engagement in Wales httpwwwparticipationcymruorguknational-principles
All respondents were given opportunity to give final comments or remarks at the end
of the survey and all views have been analysed and are reported upon within this
report
Other methods to comment
Alongside running the online survey paper copies were distributed to all libraries
across Powys and posters displayed to encourage people to take part
Social media and press releases were issued to the local media and emails sent to
town and community councils and all councillors
Telephone interviews were conducted with a sample of residents who had
incontinence waste to dispose of and face to face interviews were conducted by a
Waste Awareness Adviser with families with children in nappies
Three focus groups were also held ndash two in Presteigne and one in Ystradgynlais to
seek views from members of the countyrsquos Citizens Panel A further one planned for
Welshpool was cancelled but a detailed telephone conversationinterview took place
with one resident who had expressed an interest to take part
Details of the feedback from these is on page xxx
Some written responses and emails were also received and logged during the
consultation period by residents town and community councils responding on behalf
of their communities and other interested parties who didnrsquot wish to complete the
online survey Details of the feedback from these respondents is on page xxxx
Report format
This report aims to give readers an overview on the key findings and the respondent
profile
It will then look at each question and also look at results from particular household
types eg households with two or more children in nappies or residents with a 120
litre bin and look at any distinct differences between views given to help draw
conclusions around how best to operate a three weekly collection service going
forward
It will then cover the other responses gained via the consultation including those
received from town and community councils or individuals and the information
gleaned by running the focus groups
Appendices are attached at the end of the report to give a flavour of some of the
comments received to the survey open questions and also comments logged during
the focus groups
A full list of comments is available on request Please note over a thousand
responses were received for two open ended questions
An Overview
The consultation provided a wealth of comments and insights into residentrsquos views
around a move to a three weekly refuse collection service alongside residentsrsquo
current recycling habits
Recycling
The vast majority of respondents felt it was easy to use the current recycling service
and that on the whole they were recycling as much of their waste as possible
However nearly two thirds of respondents (65) said their wheeled bin was already
full when they were due a collection on the fortnightly refuse collection service
Concerns
The key concerns about moving to a three weekly refuse collection service were
around space in the wheeled bin to fit in an extra weekrsquos worth of non-recyclable
waste possible smells vermin storage space if having an extra bin or recycling box
confusion on the frequency cycle and fear of increased fly tipping if people started to
dump their household waste elsewhere as their bins were full and refuse crews
refused to take side waste away There was a request for more information
communication and advice to be given to help families adjust to a three weekly
service and recycle all they could
Specific Households
Qualifying large family households families with children in nappies and residents
with incontinence waste to dispose of were particularly concerned about capacity
issues with the majority wanting a bigger or extra bin to help them store an extra
weekrsquos worth of waste
Families with children in nappies and those with incontinence waste to dispose of did
express an interest in a separate service but the majority were not convinced that
even with this in place they would then be able to manage with the wheeled bin they
currently had
Resident Profile
1781 householders responded to the online survey
52 had a standard 180 litre wheeled bin currently 11 were on purple sacks 9 had the smaller 120 litre bin 8 were families with two or more children in nappies 6 had incontinence waste and a further 6 were large families consisting of six or more people
Of those providing details over 1000 respondents were female and 500 male Nearly half the respondents (47) were under 45 years of age 40 were aged 45 ndash 64 years and 13 were aged 65+ Just under a quarter (22) said they had a disability
Key Findings
Recycling Service
87 of households found it either veryfairly easy to recycle their waste using the boxes provided for paper plastics glass or food waste
13 of respondents felt it was either fairlyvery difficult
216 respondents gave insights into why they found it difficult to recycle Reasons included recycling boxes being an awkward shape or size or not big enough or needing more boxes boxes being stolen space issues understanding what is and isnrsquot recyclable having to carry the boxes through the house on collection day boxes getting dirty when left out all day collection points being a distance away from home mobility issues to get the boxes to the kerbside etc
The vast majority of householders (91) stated they either did their bit or went above and beyond to ensure they recycled everything they could
Only 7 respondents (1) said they hadnrsquot got time to recycle and couldnrsquot be bothered to do so The remainder (6) said they recycled some items of waste but it was a bit time consuming sometimes
Refuse Collection Service
When asked how full their wheeled bin was currently when due a collection 259 residents (18) said it was either a quarter or half full 235 (17) said their bin was 34 full and 924 respondents (65) said their bin was full up
Of the 197 households on purple sacks the majority (79) put one or two sacks out currently when due a collection 16 placed 3 sacks out and 5 or 9 residents were putting out 4 or more sacks every fortnight
Overall the majority of residents felt they wouldnrsquot be able to manage with the bin they had currently with a move to a three weekly service Two thirds (66) stated they would find it hard 19 of respondents though felt they would manage without any problems and 15 were not too sure at this stage
Similarly 64 of residents on purple sacks felt they wouldnrsquot cope whilst just over a third were confident A number of concerns were expressed by residents on purple sacks around their rurality and fears around rodents and vermin being attracted if bags are stored outside the property Residents who
live in flats were also concerned about storage of the sacks for another week and the issues around smells
Interestingly just over 40 of households with a 120 litre bin currently felt they would cope on a three weekly service even though they had the smallest size bin 17 were not sure and the remaining 40 felt they may need to upgrade to the standard 180 litre bin
Although a number of respondents were interested in a separate nappy collectionincontinence waste service they did not feel that with this in situ that they would be able to cope with their current bin 70 of families with children in nappies were interested in a separate collection scheme but when asked if they felt with this in place it could free up space in their wheeled bin and they could then manage with their current wheeled bin 60 said no The figures who residents with incontinence waste were similar but with a more even split with regard to being able to manage 63 of resident with incontinence waste were interested in a separate collection and of these 49 felt they would be able to cope with their current bin meaning that 51 were not convinced
Question by question findings
When analysing surveys there are different methods of looking at the data given
The county council adopts the method by which you calculate the percentages
based on those who answer the question and discount those that give no view
In Question 1 below 23 respondents choose not to state what resident type they
were This means the total number of people who answered the question was 1758
(the base)
This is then used to work out the percentage of responses for each resident type
Eg For a large family consisting of 6 or more people there were 108 responses To
calculate the percentage response you do the following sum
108 1758 x 100 = 6
This means we can say that 6 of respondents who answered the question were
families consisting of six or more people
The base figure changes based on how many people answer each question in a
survey Although in total 1781 responses were received not every person answered
every question either because it was relevant or they didnrsquot want to
1 Could you firstly look at the list below and tick the description which best describes your household You are
Answer Count Percentage
A large family consisting of 6 or more people (1) 108 6
A family with 2 or more children in nappies (2) 147 8
A household with incontinence waste or similar (3)
106 6
A household who opted for a smaller 120 litre wheeled bin (4)
157 9
A household on purple sacks (5) 197 11
A household which has the standard 180 litre bin (7)
928 53
Other 115 7
BASE FIGURE 1758 100
No answer given + 23
Total sample 1781
The largest percentage of responses came from those residents who were on a standard 180litre wheeled bin 53 of respondents stated they had this type of bin which is to be expected as these are the bins that were delivered if a household hadnrsquot got additional needs or if they hadnrsquot sought the smaller 120litre bin when the fortnightly service was rolled out The 197 respondents who were on purple sacks made up the next highest figure at 11 Based on the rurality of Powys there are a number of properties that require a different approach and purple sacks offer an alternative to a wheeled bin People living in flats also receive purple sacks The 115 people who had chosen to state ldquootherrdquo when asked for their household type included families who had five people in them families with one child in nappies and some who had visiting grandchildren in nappies Q2 Where do you live Please provide the first 3 or 4 letters of your postcode
1777 postcodes were given which showed that on the whole responses had been received from across the county from Ystradgynlais through to Llanfair Caerinion and Machynlleth to Knighton and Presteigne
Q3 Firstly wed like to know how easy is it for your household to sort your food waste plastics cans glass cardboard and paper ready for the weekly recycling collection
Answer Count Percentage
Very easy 610 34
Easy 947 53
Fairly difficult 155 9
Very difficult 64 4
BASE FIGURE 1776 100
No answer given 5
Total sample 1781
Two follow up questions (Q3a and Q3b) were asked to the 219 respondents who answered fairly or very difficult to Q3
Q3a Please tell us what makes it difficult for you to recycle 216 respondents out of the 219 respondents gave their reasons These included
recycling boxes being an awkward shape or size
boxes being not big enough to hold all the recyclables people had to recycle
people needing more boxes and not knowing how to get them
boxes being stolen
space issues to store the boxes
understanding what is and isnrsquot recyclable
having to carry the boxes through the house on collection day
boxes getting dirty when left out all day
collection points being a distance away from a personrsquos home
mobility issues that people faced in getting the boxes to the kerbside
A full appendix of all the 216 comments received is available on request Some comments
are listed below
We are a top floor flat with limited space for the 3 boxes then I have to put the
boxes out on collection day which are barely full most weeks and so are usually
only put out once a month or so Id like to recycle more but since you took the
wheelie recycle bins away its become much more of a pain than it should be
The recycling itself is easy but the use of recycling boxes is inadequate for the
amount of recycling we undertake We are a household that recycles everything
that can be recycled but would be assisted by smaller wheeled bins for paper
plastic etc Also due to mobility difficulties is difficult to carry boxes to the waste
pickup point
I have problems with mobility and have steps in and out of property and up the side
of the house making it difficult I suffer with arthritis and it hurts my joints
constantly going to the bins
Live up a lane 200 yards long poor surface have to take bins to bottom of
land and have only one leg and am wheelchair bound
The boxes provided are terrible and definitely need improving Nowhere
to store them wheelie bins would be better with smaller stackable boxes
for indoors
Q3b The Councils Waste Awareness Advisors visit households to help them look at their waste and offer some support and advice on how to recycle more or avoid products with lots of packaging Would you like some help on what you can and cant recycle so you can free up space in your wheeled bin ahead of a three weekly collection service
186 respondents out of the 219 answered this question with 14 saying they may like some help 172 said they didnrsquot want a Waste Awareness Adviserrsquos help However on closer scrutiny from the 14 who expressed an interest 11 people went on to fill out the next question which asked for contact details Of these 11 only 8 respondents actually left their details The other 3 respondents had suggested an alternative way for the council to provide information This included using our website and writing to people One respondent said ldquoWritten or website advice in much greater detail is required with specific examples eg Philadelphia cheese topsrdquo
Answer Count
Yes 14
No 172
No answer 33
Total 219
Q3c Which of the following best describes your household type in terms of your approach to recycling
Overwhelmingly 90 of residents feel that they are recycling what they can from their household waste using the weekly kerbside service for glass plastics papercardboard and food waste Just over 90 stated that they were either lsquoavidrsquo recyclers who did all they can or they did their bit and recycled the vast majority of their waste (691 and 107 respectively) Less than 1 (7 respondents) said they put everything in their wheeled bin irrespective of whether or not it could be recycled and 3 (48 respondents) felt that it was the councilrsquos job to collect rubbish and they shouldnrsquot have to recycle
Answer Count Percentage
Avid recyclers who separate everything we can wash it and put it the boxes provided
863 50
A household that does their bit and recycles the vast majority of waste but slips up sometimes and could do a bit more
691 40
A household that recycles some items of waste but not others as itrsquos too much efforttime consuming
107 6
A household that puts everything in their wheeled bin or purple sack ndash wersquove not got time to recycle everything and canrsquot be bothered to do so
7 Less than 1 (04)
A household that feels we pay our council tax and thus shouldnrsquot have to recycle it as well Thatrsquos the councilrsquos job
48 3
BASE (those that answered the question)
1716 100
No answer 65
Total sample 1781
Q4 On average how full would you say your wheeled bin is currently when you are due a collection
Answer Count Percentage
A quarter full (25) 104 7
Half full (50) 155 11
Series1
0
200
400
600
800
Avid recyclersDo my bit
Wheeled binCouncils role
691
1077
48
Recycling Type
Three quarters full (75) 235 17
Full up (100) 916 65
BASE 1410 100
No answer 371
Total sample 1781
The table above shows that nearly two thirds of respondents said that their wheeled bin was currently full up when they were due a collection Just under a fifth said their bin was three quarters full Interestingly when you look at the total number of respondents per household type against those that said their bin was full up on collection day it is clear that the vast majority fall into either the large family or the families with two or more children in nappies categories In the table on the next page 100 out of the 108 large families who answered the survey (93) stated their wheeled bin was full up when due a collection on the current fortnightly service whilst 131 out of the 147 families who had two or more children in nappies (89) said their bin was full up too This shows a clear need for additional capacity when the council moves to three weekly collections for these particular households Similarly 80 of residents who have incontinence waste to dispose of were in the same situation Conversely only around a third of householders (38) who chose to have the smallest wheeled bin possible (the 120litre size) said theirs was full up once a fortnight suggesting that their non-recyclable waste must be very minimal For those who had a standard size 180 litre capacity wheeled bin 58 said it was full
HouseholdBin type Total no of responses
Number who felt their bin was 100 full when due a collection
Large family 108 100
2+ more children in nappies 147 131
Incontinence waste to dispose of 106 85
120 litre bin (small wheeled bin) 157 59
180 litre bin (standard size) 928 539
Total number of households who identified themselves into the categories given
1446 914
The chart here shows where respondents with a 120 litre bin live
Note Residents with purple sacks were not asked this question but a similar question to try and gauge how many bags they were putting out on a fortnightly basis This explains why the total figure given in the chart is 1446 as 197 residents stated they were on purple sacks and the remainder (138) didnrsquot choose a category ndash they chose lsquootherrsquo to describe their household
Q4a When we go to a three weekly rubbish collection do you think yoursquoll be able to manage with the bin yoursquove got
Answer Count Percentage
Yes 263 19
Not sure 217 15
No 924 66
BASE 1404 100
No answer 377
Total sample 1781
In total 1404 respondents out of a possible 1446 who had stated their household type and thus had a wheeled bin of some description answered this follow up question about whether they thought they could manage with the bin they had when the council moved to a three weekly service The table above shows that just under 20 (a fifth) thought they would manage 15 were not sure at this stage and two thirds or 66 didnrsquot think they could manage with their current wheeled bin Not surprisingly 818 of the 924 respondents shown in the above table had stated that their bin was currently full up when they were due a fortnightly collection On this basis itrsquos not surprising that they would feel that there was no more room in their bin for another weekrsquos worth of waste and thus wouldnrsquot manage Again the results showed that predominantly those feeling they
1910
27
3 1 6 3 5 3 1 2 5 1 19
224 4 2
10 11 7 1
157
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
12
0 li
tre
bin
byhellip
LD1
LD2
LD3
LD4
LD5
LD6
LD7
LD8
HR
3
HR
5
NP
8
SA9
SA1
0
SY1
0
SY1
5
SY1
6
SY1
7
SY1
8
SY1
9
SY2
0
SY2
1
SY2
2
No
po
stco
de
Tota
l
Respondents with a 120 litre bin by postcode
wouldnrsquot cope were large families families with children in nappies and those with incontinence waste to dispose of However 473 residents who currently have a standard 180litre bin also felt they wouldnrsquot be able to cope Interestingly there were five respondents who although theyrsquod stated that their 180litre bin was full up when due a collection in the previous question had perhaps reconsidered what they recycled and what they put in their wheeled bin currently because they answered lsquoyesrsquo they would manage on a three weekly cycle No other resident type who had stated their wheeled bin was already full had done so although 55 residents with a 180 litre bin had chosen lsquonot surersquo as their option suggesting that they would reserve judgement and see how a three weekly service worked for them in practice Q4b On average how many purple sacks do you put out currently on the fortnightly service 197 respondents identified themselves as being on purple sacks rather than having a wheeled bin There are a number of reasons why householders are either given or request this alternative provision Predominantly it can be because they donrsquot have space for a wheeled bin they live in a flat they live on a steep incline so a wheeled bin isnrsquot suitable or they live in a rural setting and have a shared residual waste collection point (for some people this can be down a track so in essence itrsquos not possible for a refuse lorry to get down to a property and equally residents wouldnrsquot want to attempt to wheel a bin up to said collection point
As can be seen in the bar chart above the vast majority of the 197 respondents put out just or two bags a fortnight Only 3 people said they tended to put out more than four bags a fortnight
Series10
50
100
150
200
1 2 3 4 4+ No ans Total
72 77
316 3 8
197
No of purple bags put out for collection per fortnight
Q4c When we go three weekly do you think yoursquoll manage as you are doing currently 189 out of the 197 on purple sacks responded to this follow up question with just over a third (37) stating yes they would manage but 63 feeling they wouldnrsquot
The next series of questions focused on the different household types and what the council was considering in terms of mitigations and extra capacity Q5 For large families consisting of six people or more you should currently have either a 180litre (standard size) bin or a 240litre (larger size) wheeled bin When we go three weekly if you couldnrsquot fit all your non-recyclable waste into the bin we are considering the following Please state which you would prefer
Option Count
180litre now + roll of purple sacks 4
Swap from 180litre to 240litre bin 34
240litre now + roll of purple sacks 12
240litre bin now + 120litre bin 52
Total 102
Out of the 108 residents who stated they were a large family 102 answered this question Overall it appears that for residents with a 180 litre bin the preference was to swap to a bigger 240litre bin Equally those that were already on a 240litrre bin would rather have an additional smaller 120litre bin However purple sacks were the preferred choice for some but the numbers were lower Q6 For families with 2 or more children in nappies you may currently have either a 180litre (standard size) bin or a 240litre (larger size) wheeled bin When we go three weekly we are considering a free nappy collection scheme (frequency to be determined but likely to be weekly or fortnightly)
37
63
of respondents on purple sacks
Yes No
which would allow you to dispose of your nappies and free up space in your wheeled bin for the rest of your non-recyclable waste Would this help 147 respondents had stated that they were in the position of having two or more children in nappies currently 139 of them chose to answer this question 70 felt a free and additional nappy collection service would be a help
The same respondents were then asked a follow up question Q6a If there was a nappy collection service in place do you feel confident that you could manage with the wheeled bin you have for the rest of your non-recyclable waste every three weeks Five of the 139 respondents who answered Q6 chose not to answer this follow up question leaving 134 responses The results showed that 60 were not convinced or confident that they would be able to manage with their current bin and an extra nappy collection service 40 felt they would be able to manage with six householders also happy to consider swapping back from a 240litre bin to the standard 180litre bin
Answer Count Percentage
Yes that would be fine 48 36
Yes and swap back to 180litre bin
6 4
No 80 60
Total 134 100
Finally the same respondents (families with 2 or more children in nappies) were asked one more question
0
20
40
60
80
100
Yes No
70
30
Chart Title
Q6b If the nappy service isnrsquot deemed viable for Powys then we are considering the following Which would be the best option for your household
Option Count
180litre now + roll of purple sacks 6
Swap from 180litre to 240litre bin 42
240litre now + roll of purple sacks 24
240litre bin now + 120litre bin 47
Total 119
119 families answered this final question As was the case for the larger families the preference for those with a 180litre bin was clearly to move to a 240litre wheeled bin instead Those families who were already on the larger bin were more likely to want an extra 120litre bin if there were no nappy collection scheme on offer but 24 did say theyrsquod prefer a roll of purple sacks instead Q7 For households where someone has incontinence waste or similar eg incontinence pads or colostomy bags you may have either a 180litre (standard size) or a 240litre (larger size) wheeled bin When we go three weekly wersquod like to be able to offer a free incontinence wastenappy collection scheme (frequency to be agreed but likely to be weekly or fortnightly) This would allow you to dispose of some of your waste and free up space in your wheeled bin for the rest of your non-recyclable waste (This scheme would not include colostomy bags) Would this help 106 residents stated they had incontinence waste to dispose of However only 85 choose to answer this first specific question about the proposals around three weekly collections 56 were interested in a free service whilst 29 were not
The same respondents were then asked a similar question as those families with children in nappies
56
29
Interest in incontinence collection scheme
Yes No
Q7a If there was a collection service in place do you feel confident that you could manage with the wheeled bin you have for the rest of your non-recyclable waste every three weeks One more person choose to answer this question so 86 respondents gave a view The results showed that 50 were not convinced or confident that they would be able to manage but 50 did Looking at the 50 who felt confident 10 of these residents said they were happy to consider swapping back from their current 240litre bin to the standard 180litre bin
Answer Count Percentage
Yes that would be fine 34 40
Yes and swap back to 180litre bin
9 10
No 43 50
Total 86 100
Q7b If the service isnrsquot deemed viable then we are considering the following Which would be the best option for your household 81 out of the 86 respondents who had answered the previous question gave a view on what might work best for them Again there appears to be a preference by residents for an extra bin rather than purple sacks
Option Count
180litre now + roll of purple sacks 13
Swap from 180litre to 240litre bin 28
240litre now + roll of purple sacks 13
240litre bin now + 120litre bin 27
Total 81
Q8 For households who opted for a 120litre bin there is an option to swap to a bigger 180litre bin or to stay as you are if you felt you didnrsquot have much non-recyclable waste to dispose of Which would be your preferred option 157 residents had identified themselves as having a 120litre bin which is the smallest wheeled bin available 144 answered this question 57 were happy to stay on the 120litre bin they had already compared to 43 who wanted to swap to a 180litre bin when the council moved to a three weekly collection
Answer Count Percentage
Stick with the 120litre bin 82
Swap to a 180 litre bin 62
Total 144
Q10 Having considered your household situation and the plans being put forward do you have any major concerns about a change to a three weekly rubbish collection service
Answer Count Percentage
Yes 1358 80
No 336 20
Total 1694 100
This question was asked of all respondents 1694 out of the 1781 respondents answered this question The vast majority (80) had some concerns about the move to a three weekly refuse collection service and these concerns related to a number of issues Residents were asked to give details Q10a The top five concerns were
potential smell of waste after three weeks
vermin
fly tipping
capacity issues re storage andor more boxes
communications and information re- recycling
Q10b What about moving to a monthly rubbish collection service Would
you have any objections if you could store your non-recyclable waste in a
big enough bin
Respondents were given the choice of four answers Two were objecting to a move to four weekly and two were supporting this 1683 responses were received for this question Just under a fifth (19) felt a move to a monthly collection service either now or after the three weekly service had been rolled out for a while would not cause them a problem However 81 did object
Answer Count Percentage
No I wouldnrsquot object It makes sense to go monthly and make the savings now rather than going 3 weekly and then monthly
173 10
No I wouldnrsquot object Irsquod be happy to go three weekly first and then move to a monthly collection over time
145 9
Yes I do object I think expecting households to wait three weeks for a collection is too long ndash savings or no savings Find them elsewhere
626 37
Yes I do object I think our recycling and rubbish collection service are the things that council tax payers can see for their money and going monthly isnrsquot acceptable
739 44
Total 1683 100
Q11 If you have any final comments or suggestions about recyclingrubbish
collections that yoursquod like to make please do so here
Over a thousand comments were received These comments were quite varied and
ranged from residents objecting per se to three weekly collections to some calls for
the council to get much tougher and fine people for not recycling their waste
There were comments that more communications information and advice was
needed to help residents understand what can and canrsquot be recycled and why we are
no longer taking the softer type plastic wrappings or bags This issue about
educating the public and helping them understand more about why certain decisions
are taken and what happens to the waste that goes to be recycled also came up in
the focus groups held in Presteigne in particular
There were some concerns about the potential smell of waste left for three weeks in
a wheeled bin ndash in particular things like pet waste nappies sanitary waste and dog
faeces which is generally put into wheeled bins There were also concerns about
flytipping
Some respondents called for the council to lobby the Welsh and Westminster
governmentrsquos about the cuts to funding and also to lobby and put pressure onto
manufacturers who produce a lot of unnecessary packaging
Other Responses
A further 20+ comments were received from residents via their local councillor from
a town and community council on behalf of their residents or from residents who
either emailed the council via the generic web site or a direct email address or who
rang to speak to an officer
These comments were all logged and analysed The majority resonated with the
views and concerns given by the wider sample and included comments on flytipping
health rats the impact on more urban towns confusion re a 3 weekly collection
cycle lack of garden waste collection storage and space issues operatives role in
keeping streets clean post a collection and comments regarding council tax and
value for money One resident suggested we consider electricity generation as in a
waste to energy plant and another request was made around better promotion and
communications regarding the whole reduce reuse and recycle ethos
Focus Groups
Some focus groups were also held in Presteige and Ystradgynlais with members of
the countyrsquos citizens panel to find out their views and concerns Presteigne
residents had been part of a Welsh Government project called Zero Waste a few
years ago and the majority had a 120 litre bin or purple sacks Residents in
Ystradgynlais were the first to receive the kerbside recycling service A focus group
for Welshpool was organised but only one person was able to attend so a telephone
interview was conducted instead with this resident The full findings will be included
in the final report but are summed up here
Presteigne focus group members were not overly concerned about moving to a three
weekly service but wanted to see better information advice and communications
around why we did and didnrsquot take certain materials and what residents can and
canrsquot recycle using the kerbside boxes and other outlets like the community recycling
sites and the household waste recycling centres They wanted Powys to promote
and make recycling as easy as possible They thought that the council should
assume people could cope with three weekly unless they stated otherwise and
thought residents should try the new service first and then be assessed if they
couldnrsquot manage with the bin they had They thought more could be done at
community recycling sites to allow residents to take other things there for recycling
Batteries and small electrical products were mentioned
Ystradgynlais focus group members felt it was easy to recycle overall but the boxes
were a bit cumbersome and some wanted more as theirs were full up Crews were
praised There were concerns expressed around communal bins for residents in
flats These were full up very quickly and perhaps used by other residents other than
those living in the flats to dispose of extra waste Storage was an issue for those
living in smaller homes and flats and the issue about getting older and putting out
heavy bins and boxes was expressed People felt they were happy to do their bit to
recycle but some families would struggle and need help and extra capacity
The telephone conversation with the Welshpool resident was based around the
difficulties faced by those living in a rural setting and the use of purple sacks and
communal collection points The gentleman had suggestions around better
communications and using the refuse crews to deliver regular flyers and information
to assist residents with their recycling
Conclusions
The purpose of the consultation was to seek and capture views from residents about
how easy they found it to recycle certain items of their household waste currently using the kerbside service (glass cardboard paper certain plastics and food)
how full up their wheeled bin was currently when due a fortnightly collection
what if any concerns they may have about a move to a three weekly refuse collection service
how the council might be able to mitigate for certain households who are more likely to produce more waste based on their personal circumstances (large families residents with incontinence waste to dispose of etc
The feedback received from the consultation will help the service
Understand what concerns households have regarding both the recycling and refuse collection service
Work to address said concerns wherever possible through targeted support and visits to householders who want some help or advice clear generic communications and information via the website posters letters and publicity
A note about market research and consultations
When conducting market research companies use a margin of error and confidence level to ensure that their results are robust and representative of the population they are seeking views from (the population of interest) A consultation however isnrsquot market research as people choose to respond and are not contacted using a sampling methodology People self-select so sometimes when conducting a consultation you only hear the views of the people who are either strongly in favour or strongly object to a proposal The silent majority may not have given a view However when we analyse any consultation results we do consider how robust they are in terms of the population of interest Powys has around 60000 households and a population of around 130000 Every household has the refuse collection and recycling service in one form or another so the population of interest is 60000 To get a robust and representative view of the population as a whole - using an market industry calculator ndash we needed over a thousand households to respond to the survey With 1781 householders responding minus the two Town and Community councils (1779) we can be 95 confident that the views given represent those of Powys households as a whole within a margin of error of 3 This means that as in question 3 where we ask people how easy they find it to recycle and 34 state ldquovery easyrdquo we can be sure that if we repeated the survey the results would be between the range of 31 and 37 When conducting consultation exercise Powys County Council works to the National Principles for Public Engagement in Wales httpwwwparticipationcymruorguknational-principles
An Overview
The consultation provided a wealth of comments and insights into residentrsquos views
around a move to a three weekly refuse collection service alongside residentsrsquo
current recycling habits
Recycling
The vast majority of respondents felt it was easy to use the current recycling service
and that on the whole they were recycling as much of their waste as possible
However nearly two thirds of respondents (65) said their wheeled bin was already
full when they were due a collection on the fortnightly refuse collection service
Concerns
The key concerns about moving to a three weekly refuse collection service were
around space in the wheeled bin to fit in an extra weekrsquos worth of non-recyclable
waste possible smells vermin storage space if having an extra bin or recycling box
confusion on the frequency cycle and fear of increased fly tipping if people started to
dump their household waste elsewhere as their bins were full and refuse crews
refused to take side waste away There was a request for more information
communication and advice to be given to help families adjust to a three weekly
service and recycle all they could
Specific Households
Qualifying large family households families with children in nappies and residents
with incontinence waste to dispose of were particularly concerned about capacity
issues with the majority wanting a bigger or extra bin to help them store an extra
weekrsquos worth of waste
Families with children in nappies and those with incontinence waste to dispose of did
express an interest in a separate service but the majority were not convinced that
even with this in place they would then be able to manage with the wheeled bin they
currently had
Resident Profile
1781 householders responded to the online survey
52 had a standard 180 litre wheeled bin currently 11 were on purple sacks 9 had the smaller 120 litre bin 8 were families with two or more children in nappies 6 had incontinence waste and a further 6 were large families consisting of six or more people
Of those providing details over 1000 respondents were female and 500 male Nearly half the respondents (47) were under 45 years of age 40 were aged 45 ndash 64 years and 13 were aged 65+ Just under a quarter (22) said they had a disability
Key Findings
Recycling Service
87 of households found it either veryfairly easy to recycle their waste using the boxes provided for paper plastics glass or food waste
13 of respondents felt it was either fairlyvery difficult
216 respondents gave insights into why they found it difficult to recycle Reasons included recycling boxes being an awkward shape or size or not big enough or needing more boxes boxes being stolen space issues understanding what is and isnrsquot recyclable having to carry the boxes through the house on collection day boxes getting dirty when left out all day collection points being a distance away from home mobility issues to get the boxes to the kerbside etc
The vast majority of householders (91) stated they either did their bit or went above and beyond to ensure they recycled everything they could
Only 7 respondents (1) said they hadnrsquot got time to recycle and couldnrsquot be bothered to do so The remainder (6) said they recycled some items of waste but it was a bit time consuming sometimes
Refuse Collection Service
When asked how full their wheeled bin was currently when due a collection 259 residents (18) said it was either a quarter or half full 235 (17) said their bin was 34 full and 924 respondents (65) said their bin was full up
Of the 197 households on purple sacks the majority (79) put one or two sacks out currently when due a collection 16 placed 3 sacks out and 5 or 9 residents were putting out 4 or more sacks every fortnight
Overall the majority of residents felt they wouldnrsquot be able to manage with the bin they had currently with a move to a three weekly service Two thirds (66) stated they would find it hard 19 of respondents though felt they would manage without any problems and 15 were not too sure at this stage
Similarly 64 of residents on purple sacks felt they wouldnrsquot cope whilst just over a third were confident A number of concerns were expressed by residents on purple sacks around their rurality and fears around rodents and vermin being attracted if bags are stored outside the property Residents who
live in flats were also concerned about storage of the sacks for another week and the issues around smells
Interestingly just over 40 of households with a 120 litre bin currently felt they would cope on a three weekly service even though they had the smallest size bin 17 were not sure and the remaining 40 felt they may need to upgrade to the standard 180 litre bin
Although a number of respondents were interested in a separate nappy collectionincontinence waste service they did not feel that with this in situ that they would be able to cope with their current bin 70 of families with children in nappies were interested in a separate collection scheme but when asked if they felt with this in place it could free up space in their wheeled bin and they could then manage with their current wheeled bin 60 said no The figures who residents with incontinence waste were similar but with a more even split with regard to being able to manage 63 of resident with incontinence waste were interested in a separate collection and of these 49 felt they would be able to cope with their current bin meaning that 51 were not convinced
Question by question findings
When analysing surveys there are different methods of looking at the data given
The county council adopts the method by which you calculate the percentages
based on those who answer the question and discount those that give no view
In Question 1 below 23 respondents choose not to state what resident type they
were This means the total number of people who answered the question was 1758
(the base)
This is then used to work out the percentage of responses for each resident type
Eg For a large family consisting of 6 or more people there were 108 responses To
calculate the percentage response you do the following sum
108 1758 x 100 = 6
This means we can say that 6 of respondents who answered the question were
families consisting of six or more people
The base figure changes based on how many people answer each question in a
survey Although in total 1781 responses were received not every person answered
every question either because it was relevant or they didnrsquot want to
1 Could you firstly look at the list below and tick the description which best describes your household You are
Answer Count Percentage
A large family consisting of 6 or more people (1) 108 6
A family with 2 or more children in nappies (2) 147 8
A household with incontinence waste or similar (3)
106 6
A household who opted for a smaller 120 litre wheeled bin (4)
157 9
A household on purple sacks (5) 197 11
A household which has the standard 180 litre bin (7)
928 53
Other 115 7
BASE FIGURE 1758 100
No answer given + 23
Total sample 1781
The largest percentage of responses came from those residents who were on a standard 180litre wheeled bin 53 of respondents stated they had this type of bin which is to be expected as these are the bins that were delivered if a household hadnrsquot got additional needs or if they hadnrsquot sought the smaller 120litre bin when the fortnightly service was rolled out The 197 respondents who were on purple sacks made up the next highest figure at 11 Based on the rurality of Powys there are a number of properties that require a different approach and purple sacks offer an alternative to a wheeled bin People living in flats also receive purple sacks The 115 people who had chosen to state ldquootherrdquo when asked for their household type included families who had five people in them families with one child in nappies and some who had visiting grandchildren in nappies Q2 Where do you live Please provide the first 3 or 4 letters of your postcode
1777 postcodes were given which showed that on the whole responses had been received from across the county from Ystradgynlais through to Llanfair Caerinion and Machynlleth to Knighton and Presteigne
Q3 Firstly wed like to know how easy is it for your household to sort your food waste plastics cans glass cardboard and paper ready for the weekly recycling collection
Answer Count Percentage
Very easy 610 34
Easy 947 53
Fairly difficult 155 9
Very difficult 64 4
BASE FIGURE 1776 100
No answer given 5
Total sample 1781
Two follow up questions (Q3a and Q3b) were asked to the 219 respondents who answered fairly or very difficult to Q3
Q3a Please tell us what makes it difficult for you to recycle 216 respondents out of the 219 respondents gave their reasons These included
recycling boxes being an awkward shape or size
boxes being not big enough to hold all the recyclables people had to recycle
people needing more boxes and not knowing how to get them
boxes being stolen
space issues to store the boxes
understanding what is and isnrsquot recyclable
having to carry the boxes through the house on collection day
boxes getting dirty when left out all day
collection points being a distance away from a personrsquos home
mobility issues that people faced in getting the boxes to the kerbside
A full appendix of all the 216 comments received is available on request Some comments
are listed below
We are a top floor flat with limited space for the 3 boxes then I have to put the
boxes out on collection day which are barely full most weeks and so are usually
only put out once a month or so Id like to recycle more but since you took the
wheelie recycle bins away its become much more of a pain than it should be
The recycling itself is easy but the use of recycling boxes is inadequate for the
amount of recycling we undertake We are a household that recycles everything
that can be recycled but would be assisted by smaller wheeled bins for paper
plastic etc Also due to mobility difficulties is difficult to carry boxes to the waste
pickup point
I have problems with mobility and have steps in and out of property and up the side
of the house making it difficult I suffer with arthritis and it hurts my joints
constantly going to the bins
Live up a lane 200 yards long poor surface have to take bins to bottom of
land and have only one leg and am wheelchair bound
The boxes provided are terrible and definitely need improving Nowhere
to store them wheelie bins would be better with smaller stackable boxes
for indoors
Q3b The Councils Waste Awareness Advisors visit households to help them look at their waste and offer some support and advice on how to recycle more or avoid products with lots of packaging Would you like some help on what you can and cant recycle so you can free up space in your wheeled bin ahead of a three weekly collection service
186 respondents out of the 219 answered this question with 14 saying they may like some help 172 said they didnrsquot want a Waste Awareness Adviserrsquos help However on closer scrutiny from the 14 who expressed an interest 11 people went on to fill out the next question which asked for contact details Of these 11 only 8 respondents actually left their details The other 3 respondents had suggested an alternative way for the council to provide information This included using our website and writing to people One respondent said ldquoWritten or website advice in much greater detail is required with specific examples eg Philadelphia cheese topsrdquo
Answer Count
Yes 14
No 172
No answer 33
Total 219
Q3c Which of the following best describes your household type in terms of your approach to recycling
Overwhelmingly 90 of residents feel that they are recycling what they can from their household waste using the weekly kerbside service for glass plastics papercardboard and food waste Just over 90 stated that they were either lsquoavidrsquo recyclers who did all they can or they did their bit and recycled the vast majority of their waste (691 and 107 respectively) Less than 1 (7 respondents) said they put everything in their wheeled bin irrespective of whether or not it could be recycled and 3 (48 respondents) felt that it was the councilrsquos job to collect rubbish and they shouldnrsquot have to recycle
Answer Count Percentage
Avid recyclers who separate everything we can wash it and put it the boxes provided
863 50
A household that does their bit and recycles the vast majority of waste but slips up sometimes and could do a bit more
691 40
A household that recycles some items of waste but not others as itrsquos too much efforttime consuming
107 6
A household that puts everything in their wheeled bin or purple sack ndash wersquove not got time to recycle everything and canrsquot be bothered to do so
7 Less than 1 (04)
A household that feels we pay our council tax and thus shouldnrsquot have to recycle it as well Thatrsquos the councilrsquos job
48 3
BASE (those that answered the question)
1716 100
No answer 65
Total sample 1781
Q4 On average how full would you say your wheeled bin is currently when you are due a collection
Answer Count Percentage
A quarter full (25) 104 7
Half full (50) 155 11
Series1
0
200
400
600
800
Avid recyclersDo my bit
Wheeled binCouncils role
691
1077
48
Recycling Type
Three quarters full (75) 235 17
Full up (100) 916 65
BASE 1410 100
No answer 371
Total sample 1781
The table above shows that nearly two thirds of respondents said that their wheeled bin was currently full up when they were due a collection Just under a fifth said their bin was three quarters full Interestingly when you look at the total number of respondents per household type against those that said their bin was full up on collection day it is clear that the vast majority fall into either the large family or the families with two or more children in nappies categories In the table on the next page 100 out of the 108 large families who answered the survey (93) stated their wheeled bin was full up when due a collection on the current fortnightly service whilst 131 out of the 147 families who had two or more children in nappies (89) said their bin was full up too This shows a clear need for additional capacity when the council moves to three weekly collections for these particular households Similarly 80 of residents who have incontinence waste to dispose of were in the same situation Conversely only around a third of householders (38) who chose to have the smallest wheeled bin possible (the 120litre size) said theirs was full up once a fortnight suggesting that their non-recyclable waste must be very minimal For those who had a standard size 180 litre capacity wheeled bin 58 said it was full
HouseholdBin type Total no of responses
Number who felt their bin was 100 full when due a collection
Large family 108 100
2+ more children in nappies 147 131
Incontinence waste to dispose of 106 85
120 litre bin (small wheeled bin) 157 59
180 litre bin (standard size) 928 539
Total number of households who identified themselves into the categories given
1446 914
The chart here shows where respondents with a 120 litre bin live
Note Residents with purple sacks were not asked this question but a similar question to try and gauge how many bags they were putting out on a fortnightly basis This explains why the total figure given in the chart is 1446 as 197 residents stated they were on purple sacks and the remainder (138) didnrsquot choose a category ndash they chose lsquootherrsquo to describe their household
Q4a When we go to a three weekly rubbish collection do you think yoursquoll be able to manage with the bin yoursquove got
Answer Count Percentage
Yes 263 19
Not sure 217 15
No 924 66
BASE 1404 100
No answer 377
Total sample 1781
In total 1404 respondents out of a possible 1446 who had stated their household type and thus had a wheeled bin of some description answered this follow up question about whether they thought they could manage with the bin they had when the council moved to a three weekly service The table above shows that just under 20 (a fifth) thought they would manage 15 were not sure at this stage and two thirds or 66 didnrsquot think they could manage with their current wheeled bin Not surprisingly 818 of the 924 respondents shown in the above table had stated that their bin was currently full up when they were due a fortnightly collection On this basis itrsquos not surprising that they would feel that there was no more room in their bin for another weekrsquos worth of waste and thus wouldnrsquot manage Again the results showed that predominantly those feeling they
1910
27
3 1 6 3 5 3 1 2 5 1 19
224 4 2
10 11 7 1
157
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
12
0 li
tre
bin
byhellip
LD1
LD2
LD3
LD4
LD5
LD6
LD7
LD8
HR
3
HR
5
NP
8
SA9
SA1
0
SY1
0
SY1
5
SY1
6
SY1
7
SY1
8
SY1
9
SY2
0
SY2
1
SY2
2
No
po
stco
de
Tota
l
Respondents with a 120 litre bin by postcode
wouldnrsquot cope were large families families with children in nappies and those with incontinence waste to dispose of However 473 residents who currently have a standard 180litre bin also felt they wouldnrsquot be able to cope Interestingly there were five respondents who although theyrsquod stated that their 180litre bin was full up when due a collection in the previous question had perhaps reconsidered what they recycled and what they put in their wheeled bin currently because they answered lsquoyesrsquo they would manage on a three weekly cycle No other resident type who had stated their wheeled bin was already full had done so although 55 residents with a 180 litre bin had chosen lsquonot surersquo as their option suggesting that they would reserve judgement and see how a three weekly service worked for them in practice Q4b On average how many purple sacks do you put out currently on the fortnightly service 197 respondents identified themselves as being on purple sacks rather than having a wheeled bin There are a number of reasons why householders are either given or request this alternative provision Predominantly it can be because they donrsquot have space for a wheeled bin they live in a flat they live on a steep incline so a wheeled bin isnrsquot suitable or they live in a rural setting and have a shared residual waste collection point (for some people this can be down a track so in essence itrsquos not possible for a refuse lorry to get down to a property and equally residents wouldnrsquot want to attempt to wheel a bin up to said collection point
As can be seen in the bar chart above the vast majority of the 197 respondents put out just or two bags a fortnight Only 3 people said they tended to put out more than four bags a fortnight
Series10
50
100
150
200
1 2 3 4 4+ No ans Total
72 77
316 3 8
197
No of purple bags put out for collection per fortnight
Q4c When we go three weekly do you think yoursquoll manage as you are doing currently 189 out of the 197 on purple sacks responded to this follow up question with just over a third (37) stating yes they would manage but 63 feeling they wouldnrsquot
The next series of questions focused on the different household types and what the council was considering in terms of mitigations and extra capacity Q5 For large families consisting of six people or more you should currently have either a 180litre (standard size) bin or a 240litre (larger size) wheeled bin When we go three weekly if you couldnrsquot fit all your non-recyclable waste into the bin we are considering the following Please state which you would prefer
Option Count
180litre now + roll of purple sacks 4
Swap from 180litre to 240litre bin 34
240litre now + roll of purple sacks 12
240litre bin now + 120litre bin 52
Total 102
Out of the 108 residents who stated they were a large family 102 answered this question Overall it appears that for residents with a 180 litre bin the preference was to swap to a bigger 240litre bin Equally those that were already on a 240litrre bin would rather have an additional smaller 120litre bin However purple sacks were the preferred choice for some but the numbers were lower Q6 For families with 2 or more children in nappies you may currently have either a 180litre (standard size) bin or a 240litre (larger size) wheeled bin When we go three weekly we are considering a free nappy collection scheme (frequency to be determined but likely to be weekly or fortnightly)
37
63
of respondents on purple sacks
Yes No
which would allow you to dispose of your nappies and free up space in your wheeled bin for the rest of your non-recyclable waste Would this help 147 respondents had stated that they were in the position of having two or more children in nappies currently 139 of them chose to answer this question 70 felt a free and additional nappy collection service would be a help
The same respondents were then asked a follow up question Q6a If there was a nappy collection service in place do you feel confident that you could manage with the wheeled bin you have for the rest of your non-recyclable waste every three weeks Five of the 139 respondents who answered Q6 chose not to answer this follow up question leaving 134 responses The results showed that 60 were not convinced or confident that they would be able to manage with their current bin and an extra nappy collection service 40 felt they would be able to manage with six householders also happy to consider swapping back from a 240litre bin to the standard 180litre bin
Answer Count Percentage
Yes that would be fine 48 36
Yes and swap back to 180litre bin
6 4
No 80 60
Total 134 100
Finally the same respondents (families with 2 or more children in nappies) were asked one more question
0
20
40
60
80
100
Yes No
70
30
Chart Title
Q6b If the nappy service isnrsquot deemed viable for Powys then we are considering the following Which would be the best option for your household
Option Count
180litre now + roll of purple sacks 6
Swap from 180litre to 240litre bin 42
240litre now + roll of purple sacks 24
240litre bin now + 120litre bin 47
Total 119
119 families answered this final question As was the case for the larger families the preference for those with a 180litre bin was clearly to move to a 240litre wheeled bin instead Those families who were already on the larger bin were more likely to want an extra 120litre bin if there were no nappy collection scheme on offer but 24 did say theyrsquod prefer a roll of purple sacks instead Q7 For households where someone has incontinence waste or similar eg incontinence pads or colostomy bags you may have either a 180litre (standard size) or a 240litre (larger size) wheeled bin When we go three weekly wersquod like to be able to offer a free incontinence wastenappy collection scheme (frequency to be agreed but likely to be weekly or fortnightly) This would allow you to dispose of some of your waste and free up space in your wheeled bin for the rest of your non-recyclable waste (This scheme would not include colostomy bags) Would this help 106 residents stated they had incontinence waste to dispose of However only 85 choose to answer this first specific question about the proposals around three weekly collections 56 were interested in a free service whilst 29 were not
The same respondents were then asked a similar question as those families with children in nappies
56
29
Interest in incontinence collection scheme
Yes No
Q7a If there was a collection service in place do you feel confident that you could manage with the wheeled bin you have for the rest of your non-recyclable waste every three weeks One more person choose to answer this question so 86 respondents gave a view The results showed that 50 were not convinced or confident that they would be able to manage but 50 did Looking at the 50 who felt confident 10 of these residents said they were happy to consider swapping back from their current 240litre bin to the standard 180litre bin
Answer Count Percentage
Yes that would be fine 34 40
Yes and swap back to 180litre bin
9 10
No 43 50
Total 86 100
Q7b If the service isnrsquot deemed viable then we are considering the following Which would be the best option for your household 81 out of the 86 respondents who had answered the previous question gave a view on what might work best for them Again there appears to be a preference by residents for an extra bin rather than purple sacks
Option Count
180litre now + roll of purple sacks 13
Swap from 180litre to 240litre bin 28
240litre now + roll of purple sacks 13
240litre bin now + 120litre bin 27
Total 81
Q8 For households who opted for a 120litre bin there is an option to swap to a bigger 180litre bin or to stay as you are if you felt you didnrsquot have much non-recyclable waste to dispose of Which would be your preferred option 157 residents had identified themselves as having a 120litre bin which is the smallest wheeled bin available 144 answered this question 57 were happy to stay on the 120litre bin they had already compared to 43 who wanted to swap to a 180litre bin when the council moved to a three weekly collection
Answer Count Percentage
Stick with the 120litre bin 82
Swap to a 180 litre bin 62
Total 144
Q10 Having considered your household situation and the plans being put forward do you have any major concerns about a change to a three weekly rubbish collection service
Answer Count Percentage
Yes 1358 80
No 336 20
Total 1694 100
This question was asked of all respondents 1694 out of the 1781 respondents answered this question The vast majority (80) had some concerns about the move to a three weekly refuse collection service and these concerns related to a number of issues Residents were asked to give details Q10a The top five concerns were
potential smell of waste after three weeks
vermin
fly tipping
capacity issues re storage andor more boxes
communications and information re- recycling
Q10b What about moving to a monthly rubbish collection service Would
you have any objections if you could store your non-recyclable waste in a
big enough bin
Respondents were given the choice of four answers Two were objecting to a move to four weekly and two were supporting this 1683 responses were received for this question Just under a fifth (19) felt a move to a monthly collection service either now or after the three weekly service had been rolled out for a while would not cause them a problem However 81 did object
Answer Count Percentage
No I wouldnrsquot object It makes sense to go monthly and make the savings now rather than going 3 weekly and then monthly
173 10
No I wouldnrsquot object Irsquod be happy to go three weekly first and then move to a monthly collection over time
145 9
Yes I do object I think expecting households to wait three weeks for a collection is too long ndash savings or no savings Find them elsewhere
626 37
Yes I do object I think our recycling and rubbish collection service are the things that council tax payers can see for their money and going monthly isnrsquot acceptable
739 44
Total 1683 100
Q11 If you have any final comments or suggestions about recyclingrubbish
collections that yoursquod like to make please do so here
Over a thousand comments were received These comments were quite varied and
ranged from residents objecting per se to three weekly collections to some calls for
the council to get much tougher and fine people for not recycling their waste
There were comments that more communications information and advice was
needed to help residents understand what can and canrsquot be recycled and why we are
no longer taking the softer type plastic wrappings or bags This issue about
educating the public and helping them understand more about why certain decisions
are taken and what happens to the waste that goes to be recycled also came up in
the focus groups held in Presteigne in particular
There were some concerns about the potential smell of waste left for three weeks in
a wheeled bin ndash in particular things like pet waste nappies sanitary waste and dog
faeces which is generally put into wheeled bins There were also concerns about
flytipping
Some respondents called for the council to lobby the Welsh and Westminster
governmentrsquos about the cuts to funding and also to lobby and put pressure onto
manufacturers who produce a lot of unnecessary packaging
Other Responses
A further 20+ comments were received from residents via their local councillor from
a town and community council on behalf of their residents or from residents who
either emailed the council via the generic web site or a direct email address or who
rang to speak to an officer
These comments were all logged and analysed The majority resonated with the
views and concerns given by the wider sample and included comments on flytipping
health rats the impact on more urban towns confusion re a 3 weekly collection
cycle lack of garden waste collection storage and space issues operatives role in
keeping streets clean post a collection and comments regarding council tax and
value for money One resident suggested we consider electricity generation as in a
waste to energy plant and another request was made around better promotion and
communications regarding the whole reduce reuse and recycle ethos
Focus Groups
Some focus groups were also held in Presteige and Ystradgynlais with members of
the countyrsquos citizens panel to find out their views and concerns Presteigne
residents had been part of a Welsh Government project called Zero Waste a few
years ago and the majority had a 120 litre bin or purple sacks Residents in
Ystradgynlais were the first to receive the kerbside recycling service A focus group
for Welshpool was organised but only one person was able to attend so a telephone
interview was conducted instead with this resident The full findings will be included
in the final report but are summed up here
Presteigne focus group members were not overly concerned about moving to a three
weekly service but wanted to see better information advice and communications
around why we did and didnrsquot take certain materials and what residents can and
canrsquot recycle using the kerbside boxes and other outlets like the community recycling
sites and the household waste recycling centres They wanted Powys to promote
and make recycling as easy as possible They thought that the council should
assume people could cope with three weekly unless they stated otherwise and
thought residents should try the new service first and then be assessed if they
couldnrsquot manage with the bin they had They thought more could be done at
community recycling sites to allow residents to take other things there for recycling
Batteries and small electrical products were mentioned
Ystradgynlais focus group members felt it was easy to recycle overall but the boxes
were a bit cumbersome and some wanted more as theirs were full up Crews were
praised There were concerns expressed around communal bins for residents in
flats These were full up very quickly and perhaps used by other residents other than
those living in the flats to dispose of extra waste Storage was an issue for those
living in smaller homes and flats and the issue about getting older and putting out
heavy bins and boxes was expressed People felt they were happy to do their bit to
recycle but some families would struggle and need help and extra capacity
The telephone conversation with the Welshpool resident was based around the
difficulties faced by those living in a rural setting and the use of purple sacks and
communal collection points The gentleman had suggestions around better
communications and using the refuse crews to deliver regular flyers and information
to assist residents with their recycling
Conclusions
The purpose of the consultation was to seek and capture views from residents about
how easy they found it to recycle certain items of their household waste currently using the kerbside service (glass cardboard paper certain plastics and food)
how full up their wheeled bin was currently when due a fortnightly collection
what if any concerns they may have about a move to a three weekly refuse collection service
how the council might be able to mitigate for certain households who are more likely to produce more waste based on their personal circumstances (large families residents with incontinence waste to dispose of etc
The feedback received from the consultation will help the service
Understand what concerns households have regarding both the recycling and refuse collection service
Work to address said concerns wherever possible through targeted support and visits to householders who want some help or advice clear generic communications and information via the website posters letters and publicity
A note about market research and consultations
When conducting market research companies use a margin of error and confidence level to ensure that their results are robust and representative of the population they are seeking views from (the population of interest) A consultation however isnrsquot market research as people choose to respond and are not contacted using a sampling methodology People self-select so sometimes when conducting a consultation you only hear the views of the people who are either strongly in favour or strongly object to a proposal The silent majority may not have given a view However when we analyse any consultation results we do consider how robust they are in terms of the population of interest Powys has around 60000 households and a population of around 130000 Every household has the refuse collection and recycling service in one form or another so the population of interest is 60000 To get a robust and representative view of the population as a whole - using an market industry calculator ndash we needed over a thousand households to respond to the survey With 1781 householders responding minus the two Town and Community councils (1779) we can be 95 confident that the views given represent those of Powys households as a whole within a margin of error of 3 This means that as in question 3 where we ask people how easy they find it to recycle and 34 state ldquovery easyrdquo we can be sure that if we repeated the survey the results would be between the range of 31 and 37 When conducting consultation exercise Powys County Council works to the National Principles for Public Engagement in Wales httpwwwparticipationcymruorguknational-principles
Resident Profile
1781 householders responded to the online survey
52 had a standard 180 litre wheeled bin currently 11 were on purple sacks 9 had the smaller 120 litre bin 8 were families with two or more children in nappies 6 had incontinence waste and a further 6 were large families consisting of six or more people
Of those providing details over 1000 respondents were female and 500 male Nearly half the respondents (47) were under 45 years of age 40 were aged 45 ndash 64 years and 13 were aged 65+ Just under a quarter (22) said they had a disability
Key Findings
Recycling Service
87 of households found it either veryfairly easy to recycle their waste using the boxes provided for paper plastics glass or food waste
13 of respondents felt it was either fairlyvery difficult
216 respondents gave insights into why they found it difficult to recycle Reasons included recycling boxes being an awkward shape or size or not big enough or needing more boxes boxes being stolen space issues understanding what is and isnrsquot recyclable having to carry the boxes through the house on collection day boxes getting dirty when left out all day collection points being a distance away from home mobility issues to get the boxes to the kerbside etc
The vast majority of householders (91) stated they either did their bit or went above and beyond to ensure they recycled everything they could
Only 7 respondents (1) said they hadnrsquot got time to recycle and couldnrsquot be bothered to do so The remainder (6) said they recycled some items of waste but it was a bit time consuming sometimes
Refuse Collection Service
When asked how full their wheeled bin was currently when due a collection 259 residents (18) said it was either a quarter or half full 235 (17) said their bin was 34 full and 924 respondents (65) said their bin was full up
Of the 197 households on purple sacks the majority (79) put one or two sacks out currently when due a collection 16 placed 3 sacks out and 5 or 9 residents were putting out 4 or more sacks every fortnight
Overall the majority of residents felt they wouldnrsquot be able to manage with the bin they had currently with a move to a three weekly service Two thirds (66) stated they would find it hard 19 of respondents though felt they would manage without any problems and 15 were not too sure at this stage
Similarly 64 of residents on purple sacks felt they wouldnrsquot cope whilst just over a third were confident A number of concerns were expressed by residents on purple sacks around their rurality and fears around rodents and vermin being attracted if bags are stored outside the property Residents who
live in flats were also concerned about storage of the sacks for another week and the issues around smells
Interestingly just over 40 of households with a 120 litre bin currently felt they would cope on a three weekly service even though they had the smallest size bin 17 were not sure and the remaining 40 felt they may need to upgrade to the standard 180 litre bin
Although a number of respondents were interested in a separate nappy collectionincontinence waste service they did not feel that with this in situ that they would be able to cope with their current bin 70 of families with children in nappies were interested in a separate collection scheme but when asked if they felt with this in place it could free up space in their wheeled bin and they could then manage with their current wheeled bin 60 said no The figures who residents with incontinence waste were similar but with a more even split with regard to being able to manage 63 of resident with incontinence waste were interested in a separate collection and of these 49 felt they would be able to cope with their current bin meaning that 51 were not convinced
Question by question findings
When analysing surveys there are different methods of looking at the data given
The county council adopts the method by which you calculate the percentages
based on those who answer the question and discount those that give no view
In Question 1 below 23 respondents choose not to state what resident type they
were This means the total number of people who answered the question was 1758
(the base)
This is then used to work out the percentage of responses for each resident type
Eg For a large family consisting of 6 or more people there were 108 responses To
calculate the percentage response you do the following sum
108 1758 x 100 = 6
This means we can say that 6 of respondents who answered the question were
families consisting of six or more people
The base figure changes based on how many people answer each question in a
survey Although in total 1781 responses were received not every person answered
every question either because it was relevant or they didnrsquot want to
1 Could you firstly look at the list below and tick the description which best describes your household You are
Answer Count Percentage
A large family consisting of 6 or more people (1) 108 6
A family with 2 or more children in nappies (2) 147 8
A household with incontinence waste or similar (3)
106 6
A household who opted for a smaller 120 litre wheeled bin (4)
157 9
A household on purple sacks (5) 197 11
A household which has the standard 180 litre bin (7)
928 53
Other 115 7
BASE FIGURE 1758 100
No answer given + 23
Total sample 1781
The largest percentage of responses came from those residents who were on a standard 180litre wheeled bin 53 of respondents stated they had this type of bin which is to be expected as these are the bins that were delivered if a household hadnrsquot got additional needs or if they hadnrsquot sought the smaller 120litre bin when the fortnightly service was rolled out The 197 respondents who were on purple sacks made up the next highest figure at 11 Based on the rurality of Powys there are a number of properties that require a different approach and purple sacks offer an alternative to a wheeled bin People living in flats also receive purple sacks The 115 people who had chosen to state ldquootherrdquo when asked for their household type included families who had five people in them families with one child in nappies and some who had visiting grandchildren in nappies Q2 Where do you live Please provide the first 3 or 4 letters of your postcode
1777 postcodes were given which showed that on the whole responses had been received from across the county from Ystradgynlais through to Llanfair Caerinion and Machynlleth to Knighton and Presteigne
Q3 Firstly wed like to know how easy is it for your household to sort your food waste plastics cans glass cardboard and paper ready for the weekly recycling collection
Answer Count Percentage
Very easy 610 34
Easy 947 53
Fairly difficult 155 9
Very difficult 64 4
BASE FIGURE 1776 100
No answer given 5
Total sample 1781
Two follow up questions (Q3a and Q3b) were asked to the 219 respondents who answered fairly or very difficult to Q3
Q3a Please tell us what makes it difficult for you to recycle 216 respondents out of the 219 respondents gave their reasons These included
recycling boxes being an awkward shape or size
boxes being not big enough to hold all the recyclables people had to recycle
people needing more boxes and not knowing how to get them
boxes being stolen
space issues to store the boxes
understanding what is and isnrsquot recyclable
having to carry the boxes through the house on collection day
boxes getting dirty when left out all day
collection points being a distance away from a personrsquos home
mobility issues that people faced in getting the boxes to the kerbside
A full appendix of all the 216 comments received is available on request Some comments
are listed below
We are a top floor flat with limited space for the 3 boxes then I have to put the
boxes out on collection day which are barely full most weeks and so are usually
only put out once a month or so Id like to recycle more but since you took the
wheelie recycle bins away its become much more of a pain than it should be
The recycling itself is easy but the use of recycling boxes is inadequate for the
amount of recycling we undertake We are a household that recycles everything
that can be recycled but would be assisted by smaller wheeled bins for paper
plastic etc Also due to mobility difficulties is difficult to carry boxes to the waste
pickup point
I have problems with mobility and have steps in and out of property and up the side
of the house making it difficult I suffer with arthritis and it hurts my joints
constantly going to the bins
Live up a lane 200 yards long poor surface have to take bins to bottom of
land and have only one leg and am wheelchair bound
The boxes provided are terrible and definitely need improving Nowhere
to store them wheelie bins would be better with smaller stackable boxes
for indoors
Q3b The Councils Waste Awareness Advisors visit households to help them look at their waste and offer some support and advice on how to recycle more or avoid products with lots of packaging Would you like some help on what you can and cant recycle so you can free up space in your wheeled bin ahead of a three weekly collection service
186 respondents out of the 219 answered this question with 14 saying they may like some help 172 said they didnrsquot want a Waste Awareness Adviserrsquos help However on closer scrutiny from the 14 who expressed an interest 11 people went on to fill out the next question which asked for contact details Of these 11 only 8 respondents actually left their details The other 3 respondents had suggested an alternative way for the council to provide information This included using our website and writing to people One respondent said ldquoWritten or website advice in much greater detail is required with specific examples eg Philadelphia cheese topsrdquo
Answer Count
Yes 14
No 172
No answer 33
Total 219
Q3c Which of the following best describes your household type in terms of your approach to recycling
Overwhelmingly 90 of residents feel that they are recycling what they can from their household waste using the weekly kerbside service for glass plastics papercardboard and food waste Just over 90 stated that they were either lsquoavidrsquo recyclers who did all they can or they did their bit and recycled the vast majority of their waste (691 and 107 respectively) Less than 1 (7 respondents) said they put everything in their wheeled bin irrespective of whether or not it could be recycled and 3 (48 respondents) felt that it was the councilrsquos job to collect rubbish and they shouldnrsquot have to recycle
Answer Count Percentage
Avid recyclers who separate everything we can wash it and put it the boxes provided
863 50
A household that does their bit and recycles the vast majority of waste but slips up sometimes and could do a bit more
691 40
A household that recycles some items of waste but not others as itrsquos too much efforttime consuming
107 6
A household that puts everything in their wheeled bin or purple sack ndash wersquove not got time to recycle everything and canrsquot be bothered to do so
7 Less than 1 (04)
A household that feels we pay our council tax and thus shouldnrsquot have to recycle it as well Thatrsquos the councilrsquos job
48 3
BASE (those that answered the question)
1716 100
No answer 65
Total sample 1781
Q4 On average how full would you say your wheeled bin is currently when you are due a collection
Answer Count Percentage
A quarter full (25) 104 7
Half full (50) 155 11
Series1
0
200
400
600
800
Avid recyclersDo my bit
Wheeled binCouncils role
691
1077
48
Recycling Type
Three quarters full (75) 235 17
Full up (100) 916 65
BASE 1410 100
No answer 371
Total sample 1781
The table above shows that nearly two thirds of respondents said that their wheeled bin was currently full up when they were due a collection Just under a fifth said their bin was three quarters full Interestingly when you look at the total number of respondents per household type against those that said their bin was full up on collection day it is clear that the vast majority fall into either the large family or the families with two or more children in nappies categories In the table on the next page 100 out of the 108 large families who answered the survey (93) stated their wheeled bin was full up when due a collection on the current fortnightly service whilst 131 out of the 147 families who had two or more children in nappies (89) said their bin was full up too This shows a clear need for additional capacity when the council moves to three weekly collections for these particular households Similarly 80 of residents who have incontinence waste to dispose of were in the same situation Conversely only around a third of householders (38) who chose to have the smallest wheeled bin possible (the 120litre size) said theirs was full up once a fortnight suggesting that their non-recyclable waste must be very minimal For those who had a standard size 180 litre capacity wheeled bin 58 said it was full
HouseholdBin type Total no of responses
Number who felt their bin was 100 full when due a collection
Large family 108 100
2+ more children in nappies 147 131
Incontinence waste to dispose of 106 85
120 litre bin (small wheeled bin) 157 59
180 litre bin (standard size) 928 539
Total number of households who identified themselves into the categories given
1446 914
The chart here shows where respondents with a 120 litre bin live
Note Residents with purple sacks were not asked this question but a similar question to try and gauge how many bags they were putting out on a fortnightly basis This explains why the total figure given in the chart is 1446 as 197 residents stated they were on purple sacks and the remainder (138) didnrsquot choose a category ndash they chose lsquootherrsquo to describe their household
Q4a When we go to a three weekly rubbish collection do you think yoursquoll be able to manage with the bin yoursquove got
Answer Count Percentage
Yes 263 19
Not sure 217 15
No 924 66
BASE 1404 100
No answer 377
Total sample 1781
In total 1404 respondents out of a possible 1446 who had stated their household type and thus had a wheeled bin of some description answered this follow up question about whether they thought they could manage with the bin they had when the council moved to a three weekly service The table above shows that just under 20 (a fifth) thought they would manage 15 were not sure at this stage and two thirds or 66 didnrsquot think they could manage with their current wheeled bin Not surprisingly 818 of the 924 respondents shown in the above table had stated that their bin was currently full up when they were due a fortnightly collection On this basis itrsquos not surprising that they would feel that there was no more room in their bin for another weekrsquos worth of waste and thus wouldnrsquot manage Again the results showed that predominantly those feeling they
1910
27
3 1 6 3 5 3 1 2 5 1 19
224 4 2
10 11 7 1
157
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
12
0 li
tre
bin
byhellip
LD1
LD2
LD3
LD4
LD5
LD6
LD7
LD8
HR
3
HR
5
NP
8
SA9
SA1
0
SY1
0
SY1
5
SY1
6
SY1
7
SY1
8
SY1
9
SY2
0
SY2
1
SY2
2
No
po
stco
de
Tota
l
Respondents with a 120 litre bin by postcode
wouldnrsquot cope were large families families with children in nappies and those with incontinence waste to dispose of However 473 residents who currently have a standard 180litre bin also felt they wouldnrsquot be able to cope Interestingly there were five respondents who although theyrsquod stated that their 180litre bin was full up when due a collection in the previous question had perhaps reconsidered what they recycled and what they put in their wheeled bin currently because they answered lsquoyesrsquo they would manage on a three weekly cycle No other resident type who had stated their wheeled bin was already full had done so although 55 residents with a 180 litre bin had chosen lsquonot surersquo as their option suggesting that they would reserve judgement and see how a three weekly service worked for them in practice Q4b On average how many purple sacks do you put out currently on the fortnightly service 197 respondents identified themselves as being on purple sacks rather than having a wheeled bin There are a number of reasons why householders are either given or request this alternative provision Predominantly it can be because they donrsquot have space for a wheeled bin they live in a flat they live on a steep incline so a wheeled bin isnrsquot suitable or they live in a rural setting and have a shared residual waste collection point (for some people this can be down a track so in essence itrsquos not possible for a refuse lorry to get down to a property and equally residents wouldnrsquot want to attempt to wheel a bin up to said collection point
As can be seen in the bar chart above the vast majority of the 197 respondents put out just or two bags a fortnight Only 3 people said they tended to put out more than four bags a fortnight
Series10
50
100
150
200
1 2 3 4 4+ No ans Total
72 77
316 3 8
197
No of purple bags put out for collection per fortnight
Q4c When we go three weekly do you think yoursquoll manage as you are doing currently 189 out of the 197 on purple sacks responded to this follow up question with just over a third (37) stating yes they would manage but 63 feeling they wouldnrsquot
The next series of questions focused on the different household types and what the council was considering in terms of mitigations and extra capacity Q5 For large families consisting of six people or more you should currently have either a 180litre (standard size) bin or a 240litre (larger size) wheeled bin When we go three weekly if you couldnrsquot fit all your non-recyclable waste into the bin we are considering the following Please state which you would prefer
Option Count
180litre now + roll of purple sacks 4
Swap from 180litre to 240litre bin 34
240litre now + roll of purple sacks 12
240litre bin now + 120litre bin 52
Total 102
Out of the 108 residents who stated they were a large family 102 answered this question Overall it appears that for residents with a 180 litre bin the preference was to swap to a bigger 240litre bin Equally those that were already on a 240litrre bin would rather have an additional smaller 120litre bin However purple sacks were the preferred choice for some but the numbers were lower Q6 For families with 2 or more children in nappies you may currently have either a 180litre (standard size) bin or a 240litre (larger size) wheeled bin When we go three weekly we are considering a free nappy collection scheme (frequency to be determined but likely to be weekly or fortnightly)
37
63
of respondents on purple sacks
Yes No
which would allow you to dispose of your nappies and free up space in your wheeled bin for the rest of your non-recyclable waste Would this help 147 respondents had stated that they were in the position of having two or more children in nappies currently 139 of them chose to answer this question 70 felt a free and additional nappy collection service would be a help
The same respondents were then asked a follow up question Q6a If there was a nappy collection service in place do you feel confident that you could manage with the wheeled bin you have for the rest of your non-recyclable waste every three weeks Five of the 139 respondents who answered Q6 chose not to answer this follow up question leaving 134 responses The results showed that 60 were not convinced or confident that they would be able to manage with their current bin and an extra nappy collection service 40 felt they would be able to manage with six householders also happy to consider swapping back from a 240litre bin to the standard 180litre bin
Answer Count Percentage
Yes that would be fine 48 36
Yes and swap back to 180litre bin
6 4
No 80 60
Total 134 100
Finally the same respondents (families with 2 or more children in nappies) were asked one more question
0
20
40
60
80
100
Yes No
70
30
Chart Title
Q6b If the nappy service isnrsquot deemed viable for Powys then we are considering the following Which would be the best option for your household
Option Count
180litre now + roll of purple sacks 6
Swap from 180litre to 240litre bin 42
240litre now + roll of purple sacks 24
240litre bin now + 120litre bin 47
Total 119
119 families answered this final question As was the case for the larger families the preference for those with a 180litre bin was clearly to move to a 240litre wheeled bin instead Those families who were already on the larger bin were more likely to want an extra 120litre bin if there were no nappy collection scheme on offer but 24 did say theyrsquod prefer a roll of purple sacks instead Q7 For households where someone has incontinence waste or similar eg incontinence pads or colostomy bags you may have either a 180litre (standard size) or a 240litre (larger size) wheeled bin When we go three weekly wersquod like to be able to offer a free incontinence wastenappy collection scheme (frequency to be agreed but likely to be weekly or fortnightly) This would allow you to dispose of some of your waste and free up space in your wheeled bin for the rest of your non-recyclable waste (This scheme would not include colostomy bags) Would this help 106 residents stated they had incontinence waste to dispose of However only 85 choose to answer this first specific question about the proposals around three weekly collections 56 were interested in a free service whilst 29 were not
The same respondents were then asked a similar question as those families with children in nappies
56
29
Interest in incontinence collection scheme
Yes No
Q7a If there was a collection service in place do you feel confident that you could manage with the wheeled bin you have for the rest of your non-recyclable waste every three weeks One more person choose to answer this question so 86 respondents gave a view The results showed that 50 were not convinced or confident that they would be able to manage but 50 did Looking at the 50 who felt confident 10 of these residents said they were happy to consider swapping back from their current 240litre bin to the standard 180litre bin
Answer Count Percentage
Yes that would be fine 34 40
Yes and swap back to 180litre bin
9 10
No 43 50
Total 86 100
Q7b If the service isnrsquot deemed viable then we are considering the following Which would be the best option for your household 81 out of the 86 respondents who had answered the previous question gave a view on what might work best for them Again there appears to be a preference by residents for an extra bin rather than purple sacks
Option Count
180litre now + roll of purple sacks 13
Swap from 180litre to 240litre bin 28
240litre now + roll of purple sacks 13
240litre bin now + 120litre bin 27
Total 81
Q8 For households who opted for a 120litre bin there is an option to swap to a bigger 180litre bin or to stay as you are if you felt you didnrsquot have much non-recyclable waste to dispose of Which would be your preferred option 157 residents had identified themselves as having a 120litre bin which is the smallest wheeled bin available 144 answered this question 57 were happy to stay on the 120litre bin they had already compared to 43 who wanted to swap to a 180litre bin when the council moved to a three weekly collection
Answer Count Percentage
Stick with the 120litre bin 82
Swap to a 180 litre bin 62
Total 144
Q10 Having considered your household situation and the plans being put forward do you have any major concerns about a change to a three weekly rubbish collection service
Answer Count Percentage
Yes 1358 80
No 336 20
Total 1694 100
This question was asked of all respondents 1694 out of the 1781 respondents answered this question The vast majority (80) had some concerns about the move to a three weekly refuse collection service and these concerns related to a number of issues Residents were asked to give details Q10a The top five concerns were
potential smell of waste after three weeks
vermin
fly tipping
capacity issues re storage andor more boxes
communications and information re- recycling
Q10b What about moving to a monthly rubbish collection service Would
you have any objections if you could store your non-recyclable waste in a
big enough bin
Respondents were given the choice of four answers Two were objecting to a move to four weekly and two were supporting this 1683 responses were received for this question Just under a fifth (19) felt a move to a monthly collection service either now or after the three weekly service had been rolled out for a while would not cause them a problem However 81 did object
Answer Count Percentage
No I wouldnrsquot object It makes sense to go monthly and make the savings now rather than going 3 weekly and then monthly
173 10
No I wouldnrsquot object Irsquod be happy to go three weekly first and then move to a monthly collection over time
145 9
Yes I do object I think expecting households to wait three weeks for a collection is too long ndash savings or no savings Find them elsewhere
626 37
Yes I do object I think our recycling and rubbish collection service are the things that council tax payers can see for their money and going monthly isnrsquot acceptable
739 44
Total 1683 100
Q11 If you have any final comments or suggestions about recyclingrubbish
collections that yoursquod like to make please do so here
Over a thousand comments were received These comments were quite varied and
ranged from residents objecting per se to three weekly collections to some calls for
the council to get much tougher and fine people for not recycling their waste
There were comments that more communications information and advice was
needed to help residents understand what can and canrsquot be recycled and why we are
no longer taking the softer type plastic wrappings or bags This issue about
educating the public and helping them understand more about why certain decisions
are taken and what happens to the waste that goes to be recycled also came up in
the focus groups held in Presteigne in particular
There were some concerns about the potential smell of waste left for three weeks in
a wheeled bin ndash in particular things like pet waste nappies sanitary waste and dog
faeces which is generally put into wheeled bins There were also concerns about
flytipping
Some respondents called for the council to lobby the Welsh and Westminster
governmentrsquos about the cuts to funding and also to lobby and put pressure onto
manufacturers who produce a lot of unnecessary packaging
Other Responses
A further 20+ comments were received from residents via their local councillor from
a town and community council on behalf of their residents or from residents who
either emailed the council via the generic web site or a direct email address or who
rang to speak to an officer
These comments were all logged and analysed The majority resonated with the
views and concerns given by the wider sample and included comments on flytipping
health rats the impact on more urban towns confusion re a 3 weekly collection
cycle lack of garden waste collection storage and space issues operatives role in
keeping streets clean post a collection and comments regarding council tax and
value for money One resident suggested we consider electricity generation as in a
waste to energy plant and another request was made around better promotion and
communications regarding the whole reduce reuse and recycle ethos
Focus Groups
Some focus groups were also held in Presteige and Ystradgynlais with members of
the countyrsquos citizens panel to find out their views and concerns Presteigne
residents had been part of a Welsh Government project called Zero Waste a few
years ago and the majority had a 120 litre bin or purple sacks Residents in
Ystradgynlais were the first to receive the kerbside recycling service A focus group
for Welshpool was organised but only one person was able to attend so a telephone
interview was conducted instead with this resident The full findings will be included
in the final report but are summed up here
Presteigne focus group members were not overly concerned about moving to a three
weekly service but wanted to see better information advice and communications
around why we did and didnrsquot take certain materials and what residents can and
canrsquot recycle using the kerbside boxes and other outlets like the community recycling
sites and the household waste recycling centres They wanted Powys to promote
and make recycling as easy as possible They thought that the council should
assume people could cope with three weekly unless they stated otherwise and
thought residents should try the new service first and then be assessed if they
couldnrsquot manage with the bin they had They thought more could be done at
community recycling sites to allow residents to take other things there for recycling
Batteries and small electrical products were mentioned
Ystradgynlais focus group members felt it was easy to recycle overall but the boxes
were a bit cumbersome and some wanted more as theirs were full up Crews were
praised There were concerns expressed around communal bins for residents in
flats These were full up very quickly and perhaps used by other residents other than
those living in the flats to dispose of extra waste Storage was an issue for those
living in smaller homes and flats and the issue about getting older and putting out
heavy bins and boxes was expressed People felt they were happy to do their bit to
recycle but some families would struggle and need help and extra capacity
The telephone conversation with the Welshpool resident was based around the
difficulties faced by those living in a rural setting and the use of purple sacks and
communal collection points The gentleman had suggestions around better
communications and using the refuse crews to deliver regular flyers and information
to assist residents with their recycling
Conclusions
The purpose of the consultation was to seek and capture views from residents about
how easy they found it to recycle certain items of their household waste currently using the kerbside service (glass cardboard paper certain plastics and food)
how full up their wheeled bin was currently when due a fortnightly collection
what if any concerns they may have about a move to a three weekly refuse collection service
how the council might be able to mitigate for certain households who are more likely to produce more waste based on their personal circumstances (large families residents with incontinence waste to dispose of etc
The feedback received from the consultation will help the service
Understand what concerns households have regarding both the recycling and refuse collection service
Work to address said concerns wherever possible through targeted support and visits to householders who want some help or advice clear generic communications and information via the website posters letters and publicity
A note about market research and consultations
When conducting market research companies use a margin of error and confidence level to ensure that their results are robust and representative of the population they are seeking views from (the population of interest) A consultation however isnrsquot market research as people choose to respond and are not contacted using a sampling methodology People self-select so sometimes when conducting a consultation you only hear the views of the people who are either strongly in favour or strongly object to a proposal The silent majority may not have given a view However when we analyse any consultation results we do consider how robust they are in terms of the population of interest Powys has around 60000 households and a population of around 130000 Every household has the refuse collection and recycling service in one form or another so the population of interest is 60000 To get a robust and representative view of the population as a whole - using an market industry calculator ndash we needed over a thousand households to respond to the survey With 1781 householders responding minus the two Town and Community councils (1779) we can be 95 confident that the views given represent those of Powys households as a whole within a margin of error of 3 This means that as in question 3 where we ask people how easy they find it to recycle and 34 state ldquovery easyrdquo we can be sure that if we repeated the survey the results would be between the range of 31 and 37 When conducting consultation exercise Powys County Council works to the National Principles for Public Engagement in Wales httpwwwparticipationcymruorguknational-principles
live in flats were also concerned about storage of the sacks for another week and the issues around smells
Interestingly just over 40 of households with a 120 litre bin currently felt they would cope on a three weekly service even though they had the smallest size bin 17 were not sure and the remaining 40 felt they may need to upgrade to the standard 180 litre bin
Although a number of respondents were interested in a separate nappy collectionincontinence waste service they did not feel that with this in situ that they would be able to cope with their current bin 70 of families with children in nappies were interested in a separate collection scheme but when asked if they felt with this in place it could free up space in their wheeled bin and they could then manage with their current wheeled bin 60 said no The figures who residents with incontinence waste were similar but with a more even split with regard to being able to manage 63 of resident with incontinence waste were interested in a separate collection and of these 49 felt they would be able to cope with their current bin meaning that 51 were not convinced
Question by question findings
When analysing surveys there are different methods of looking at the data given
The county council adopts the method by which you calculate the percentages
based on those who answer the question and discount those that give no view
In Question 1 below 23 respondents choose not to state what resident type they
were This means the total number of people who answered the question was 1758
(the base)
This is then used to work out the percentage of responses for each resident type
Eg For a large family consisting of 6 or more people there were 108 responses To
calculate the percentage response you do the following sum
108 1758 x 100 = 6
This means we can say that 6 of respondents who answered the question were
families consisting of six or more people
The base figure changes based on how many people answer each question in a
survey Although in total 1781 responses were received not every person answered
every question either because it was relevant or they didnrsquot want to
1 Could you firstly look at the list below and tick the description which best describes your household You are
Answer Count Percentage
A large family consisting of 6 or more people (1) 108 6
A family with 2 or more children in nappies (2) 147 8
A household with incontinence waste or similar (3)
106 6
A household who opted for a smaller 120 litre wheeled bin (4)
157 9
A household on purple sacks (5) 197 11
A household which has the standard 180 litre bin (7)
928 53
Other 115 7
BASE FIGURE 1758 100
No answer given + 23
Total sample 1781
The largest percentage of responses came from those residents who were on a standard 180litre wheeled bin 53 of respondents stated they had this type of bin which is to be expected as these are the bins that were delivered if a household hadnrsquot got additional needs or if they hadnrsquot sought the smaller 120litre bin when the fortnightly service was rolled out The 197 respondents who were on purple sacks made up the next highest figure at 11 Based on the rurality of Powys there are a number of properties that require a different approach and purple sacks offer an alternative to a wheeled bin People living in flats also receive purple sacks The 115 people who had chosen to state ldquootherrdquo when asked for their household type included families who had five people in them families with one child in nappies and some who had visiting grandchildren in nappies Q2 Where do you live Please provide the first 3 or 4 letters of your postcode
1777 postcodes were given which showed that on the whole responses had been received from across the county from Ystradgynlais through to Llanfair Caerinion and Machynlleth to Knighton and Presteigne
Q3 Firstly wed like to know how easy is it for your household to sort your food waste plastics cans glass cardboard and paper ready for the weekly recycling collection
Answer Count Percentage
Very easy 610 34
Easy 947 53
Fairly difficult 155 9
Very difficult 64 4
BASE FIGURE 1776 100
No answer given 5
Total sample 1781
Two follow up questions (Q3a and Q3b) were asked to the 219 respondents who answered fairly or very difficult to Q3
Q3a Please tell us what makes it difficult for you to recycle 216 respondents out of the 219 respondents gave their reasons These included
recycling boxes being an awkward shape or size
boxes being not big enough to hold all the recyclables people had to recycle
people needing more boxes and not knowing how to get them
boxes being stolen
space issues to store the boxes
understanding what is and isnrsquot recyclable
having to carry the boxes through the house on collection day
boxes getting dirty when left out all day
collection points being a distance away from a personrsquos home
mobility issues that people faced in getting the boxes to the kerbside
A full appendix of all the 216 comments received is available on request Some comments
are listed below
We are a top floor flat with limited space for the 3 boxes then I have to put the
boxes out on collection day which are barely full most weeks and so are usually
only put out once a month or so Id like to recycle more but since you took the
wheelie recycle bins away its become much more of a pain than it should be
The recycling itself is easy but the use of recycling boxes is inadequate for the
amount of recycling we undertake We are a household that recycles everything
that can be recycled but would be assisted by smaller wheeled bins for paper
plastic etc Also due to mobility difficulties is difficult to carry boxes to the waste
pickup point
I have problems with mobility and have steps in and out of property and up the side
of the house making it difficult I suffer with arthritis and it hurts my joints
constantly going to the bins
Live up a lane 200 yards long poor surface have to take bins to bottom of
land and have only one leg and am wheelchair bound
The boxes provided are terrible and definitely need improving Nowhere
to store them wheelie bins would be better with smaller stackable boxes
for indoors
Q3b The Councils Waste Awareness Advisors visit households to help them look at their waste and offer some support and advice on how to recycle more or avoid products with lots of packaging Would you like some help on what you can and cant recycle so you can free up space in your wheeled bin ahead of a three weekly collection service
186 respondents out of the 219 answered this question with 14 saying they may like some help 172 said they didnrsquot want a Waste Awareness Adviserrsquos help However on closer scrutiny from the 14 who expressed an interest 11 people went on to fill out the next question which asked for contact details Of these 11 only 8 respondents actually left their details The other 3 respondents had suggested an alternative way for the council to provide information This included using our website and writing to people One respondent said ldquoWritten or website advice in much greater detail is required with specific examples eg Philadelphia cheese topsrdquo
Answer Count
Yes 14
No 172
No answer 33
Total 219
Q3c Which of the following best describes your household type in terms of your approach to recycling
Overwhelmingly 90 of residents feel that they are recycling what they can from their household waste using the weekly kerbside service for glass plastics papercardboard and food waste Just over 90 stated that they were either lsquoavidrsquo recyclers who did all they can or they did their bit and recycled the vast majority of their waste (691 and 107 respectively) Less than 1 (7 respondents) said they put everything in their wheeled bin irrespective of whether or not it could be recycled and 3 (48 respondents) felt that it was the councilrsquos job to collect rubbish and they shouldnrsquot have to recycle
Answer Count Percentage
Avid recyclers who separate everything we can wash it and put it the boxes provided
863 50
A household that does their bit and recycles the vast majority of waste but slips up sometimes and could do a bit more
691 40
A household that recycles some items of waste but not others as itrsquos too much efforttime consuming
107 6
A household that puts everything in their wheeled bin or purple sack ndash wersquove not got time to recycle everything and canrsquot be bothered to do so
7 Less than 1 (04)
A household that feels we pay our council tax and thus shouldnrsquot have to recycle it as well Thatrsquos the councilrsquos job
48 3
BASE (those that answered the question)
1716 100
No answer 65
Total sample 1781
Q4 On average how full would you say your wheeled bin is currently when you are due a collection
Answer Count Percentage
A quarter full (25) 104 7
Half full (50) 155 11
Series1
0
200
400
600
800
Avid recyclersDo my bit
Wheeled binCouncils role
691
1077
48
Recycling Type
Three quarters full (75) 235 17
Full up (100) 916 65
BASE 1410 100
No answer 371
Total sample 1781
The table above shows that nearly two thirds of respondents said that their wheeled bin was currently full up when they were due a collection Just under a fifth said their bin was three quarters full Interestingly when you look at the total number of respondents per household type against those that said their bin was full up on collection day it is clear that the vast majority fall into either the large family or the families with two or more children in nappies categories In the table on the next page 100 out of the 108 large families who answered the survey (93) stated their wheeled bin was full up when due a collection on the current fortnightly service whilst 131 out of the 147 families who had two or more children in nappies (89) said their bin was full up too This shows a clear need for additional capacity when the council moves to three weekly collections for these particular households Similarly 80 of residents who have incontinence waste to dispose of were in the same situation Conversely only around a third of householders (38) who chose to have the smallest wheeled bin possible (the 120litre size) said theirs was full up once a fortnight suggesting that their non-recyclable waste must be very minimal For those who had a standard size 180 litre capacity wheeled bin 58 said it was full
HouseholdBin type Total no of responses
Number who felt their bin was 100 full when due a collection
Large family 108 100
2+ more children in nappies 147 131
Incontinence waste to dispose of 106 85
120 litre bin (small wheeled bin) 157 59
180 litre bin (standard size) 928 539
Total number of households who identified themselves into the categories given
1446 914
The chart here shows where respondents with a 120 litre bin live
Note Residents with purple sacks were not asked this question but a similar question to try and gauge how many bags they were putting out on a fortnightly basis This explains why the total figure given in the chart is 1446 as 197 residents stated they were on purple sacks and the remainder (138) didnrsquot choose a category ndash they chose lsquootherrsquo to describe their household
Q4a When we go to a three weekly rubbish collection do you think yoursquoll be able to manage with the bin yoursquove got
Answer Count Percentage
Yes 263 19
Not sure 217 15
No 924 66
BASE 1404 100
No answer 377
Total sample 1781
In total 1404 respondents out of a possible 1446 who had stated their household type and thus had a wheeled bin of some description answered this follow up question about whether they thought they could manage with the bin they had when the council moved to a three weekly service The table above shows that just under 20 (a fifth) thought they would manage 15 were not sure at this stage and two thirds or 66 didnrsquot think they could manage with their current wheeled bin Not surprisingly 818 of the 924 respondents shown in the above table had stated that their bin was currently full up when they were due a fortnightly collection On this basis itrsquos not surprising that they would feel that there was no more room in their bin for another weekrsquos worth of waste and thus wouldnrsquot manage Again the results showed that predominantly those feeling they
1910
27
3 1 6 3 5 3 1 2 5 1 19
224 4 2
10 11 7 1
157
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
12
0 li
tre
bin
byhellip
LD1
LD2
LD3
LD4
LD5
LD6
LD7
LD8
HR
3
HR
5
NP
8
SA9
SA1
0
SY1
0
SY1
5
SY1
6
SY1
7
SY1
8
SY1
9
SY2
0
SY2
1
SY2
2
No
po
stco
de
Tota
l
Respondents with a 120 litre bin by postcode
wouldnrsquot cope were large families families with children in nappies and those with incontinence waste to dispose of However 473 residents who currently have a standard 180litre bin also felt they wouldnrsquot be able to cope Interestingly there were five respondents who although theyrsquod stated that their 180litre bin was full up when due a collection in the previous question had perhaps reconsidered what they recycled and what they put in their wheeled bin currently because they answered lsquoyesrsquo they would manage on a three weekly cycle No other resident type who had stated their wheeled bin was already full had done so although 55 residents with a 180 litre bin had chosen lsquonot surersquo as their option suggesting that they would reserve judgement and see how a three weekly service worked for them in practice Q4b On average how many purple sacks do you put out currently on the fortnightly service 197 respondents identified themselves as being on purple sacks rather than having a wheeled bin There are a number of reasons why householders are either given or request this alternative provision Predominantly it can be because they donrsquot have space for a wheeled bin they live in a flat they live on a steep incline so a wheeled bin isnrsquot suitable or they live in a rural setting and have a shared residual waste collection point (for some people this can be down a track so in essence itrsquos not possible for a refuse lorry to get down to a property and equally residents wouldnrsquot want to attempt to wheel a bin up to said collection point
As can be seen in the bar chart above the vast majority of the 197 respondents put out just or two bags a fortnight Only 3 people said they tended to put out more than four bags a fortnight
Series10
50
100
150
200
1 2 3 4 4+ No ans Total
72 77
316 3 8
197
No of purple bags put out for collection per fortnight
Q4c When we go three weekly do you think yoursquoll manage as you are doing currently 189 out of the 197 on purple sacks responded to this follow up question with just over a third (37) stating yes they would manage but 63 feeling they wouldnrsquot
The next series of questions focused on the different household types and what the council was considering in terms of mitigations and extra capacity Q5 For large families consisting of six people or more you should currently have either a 180litre (standard size) bin or a 240litre (larger size) wheeled bin When we go three weekly if you couldnrsquot fit all your non-recyclable waste into the bin we are considering the following Please state which you would prefer
Option Count
180litre now + roll of purple sacks 4
Swap from 180litre to 240litre bin 34
240litre now + roll of purple sacks 12
240litre bin now + 120litre bin 52
Total 102
Out of the 108 residents who stated they were a large family 102 answered this question Overall it appears that for residents with a 180 litre bin the preference was to swap to a bigger 240litre bin Equally those that were already on a 240litrre bin would rather have an additional smaller 120litre bin However purple sacks were the preferred choice for some but the numbers were lower Q6 For families with 2 or more children in nappies you may currently have either a 180litre (standard size) bin or a 240litre (larger size) wheeled bin When we go three weekly we are considering a free nappy collection scheme (frequency to be determined but likely to be weekly or fortnightly)
37
63
of respondents on purple sacks
Yes No
which would allow you to dispose of your nappies and free up space in your wheeled bin for the rest of your non-recyclable waste Would this help 147 respondents had stated that they were in the position of having two or more children in nappies currently 139 of them chose to answer this question 70 felt a free and additional nappy collection service would be a help
The same respondents were then asked a follow up question Q6a If there was a nappy collection service in place do you feel confident that you could manage with the wheeled bin you have for the rest of your non-recyclable waste every three weeks Five of the 139 respondents who answered Q6 chose not to answer this follow up question leaving 134 responses The results showed that 60 were not convinced or confident that they would be able to manage with their current bin and an extra nappy collection service 40 felt they would be able to manage with six householders also happy to consider swapping back from a 240litre bin to the standard 180litre bin
Answer Count Percentage
Yes that would be fine 48 36
Yes and swap back to 180litre bin
6 4
No 80 60
Total 134 100
Finally the same respondents (families with 2 or more children in nappies) were asked one more question
0
20
40
60
80
100
Yes No
70
30
Chart Title
Q6b If the nappy service isnrsquot deemed viable for Powys then we are considering the following Which would be the best option for your household
Option Count
180litre now + roll of purple sacks 6
Swap from 180litre to 240litre bin 42
240litre now + roll of purple sacks 24
240litre bin now + 120litre bin 47
Total 119
119 families answered this final question As was the case for the larger families the preference for those with a 180litre bin was clearly to move to a 240litre wheeled bin instead Those families who were already on the larger bin were more likely to want an extra 120litre bin if there were no nappy collection scheme on offer but 24 did say theyrsquod prefer a roll of purple sacks instead Q7 For households where someone has incontinence waste or similar eg incontinence pads or colostomy bags you may have either a 180litre (standard size) or a 240litre (larger size) wheeled bin When we go three weekly wersquod like to be able to offer a free incontinence wastenappy collection scheme (frequency to be agreed but likely to be weekly or fortnightly) This would allow you to dispose of some of your waste and free up space in your wheeled bin for the rest of your non-recyclable waste (This scheme would not include colostomy bags) Would this help 106 residents stated they had incontinence waste to dispose of However only 85 choose to answer this first specific question about the proposals around three weekly collections 56 were interested in a free service whilst 29 were not
The same respondents were then asked a similar question as those families with children in nappies
56
29
Interest in incontinence collection scheme
Yes No
Q7a If there was a collection service in place do you feel confident that you could manage with the wheeled bin you have for the rest of your non-recyclable waste every three weeks One more person choose to answer this question so 86 respondents gave a view The results showed that 50 were not convinced or confident that they would be able to manage but 50 did Looking at the 50 who felt confident 10 of these residents said they were happy to consider swapping back from their current 240litre bin to the standard 180litre bin
Answer Count Percentage
Yes that would be fine 34 40
Yes and swap back to 180litre bin
9 10
No 43 50
Total 86 100
Q7b If the service isnrsquot deemed viable then we are considering the following Which would be the best option for your household 81 out of the 86 respondents who had answered the previous question gave a view on what might work best for them Again there appears to be a preference by residents for an extra bin rather than purple sacks
Option Count
180litre now + roll of purple sacks 13
Swap from 180litre to 240litre bin 28
240litre now + roll of purple sacks 13
240litre bin now + 120litre bin 27
Total 81
Q8 For households who opted for a 120litre bin there is an option to swap to a bigger 180litre bin or to stay as you are if you felt you didnrsquot have much non-recyclable waste to dispose of Which would be your preferred option 157 residents had identified themselves as having a 120litre bin which is the smallest wheeled bin available 144 answered this question 57 were happy to stay on the 120litre bin they had already compared to 43 who wanted to swap to a 180litre bin when the council moved to a three weekly collection
Answer Count Percentage
Stick with the 120litre bin 82
Swap to a 180 litre bin 62
Total 144
Q10 Having considered your household situation and the plans being put forward do you have any major concerns about a change to a three weekly rubbish collection service
Answer Count Percentage
Yes 1358 80
No 336 20
Total 1694 100
This question was asked of all respondents 1694 out of the 1781 respondents answered this question The vast majority (80) had some concerns about the move to a three weekly refuse collection service and these concerns related to a number of issues Residents were asked to give details Q10a The top five concerns were
potential smell of waste after three weeks
vermin
fly tipping
capacity issues re storage andor more boxes
communications and information re- recycling
Q10b What about moving to a monthly rubbish collection service Would
you have any objections if you could store your non-recyclable waste in a
big enough bin
Respondents were given the choice of four answers Two were objecting to a move to four weekly and two were supporting this 1683 responses were received for this question Just under a fifth (19) felt a move to a monthly collection service either now or after the three weekly service had been rolled out for a while would not cause them a problem However 81 did object
Answer Count Percentage
No I wouldnrsquot object It makes sense to go monthly and make the savings now rather than going 3 weekly and then monthly
173 10
No I wouldnrsquot object Irsquod be happy to go three weekly first and then move to a monthly collection over time
145 9
Yes I do object I think expecting households to wait three weeks for a collection is too long ndash savings or no savings Find them elsewhere
626 37
Yes I do object I think our recycling and rubbish collection service are the things that council tax payers can see for their money and going monthly isnrsquot acceptable
739 44
Total 1683 100
Q11 If you have any final comments or suggestions about recyclingrubbish
collections that yoursquod like to make please do so here
Over a thousand comments were received These comments were quite varied and
ranged from residents objecting per se to three weekly collections to some calls for
the council to get much tougher and fine people for not recycling their waste
There were comments that more communications information and advice was
needed to help residents understand what can and canrsquot be recycled and why we are
no longer taking the softer type plastic wrappings or bags This issue about
educating the public and helping them understand more about why certain decisions
are taken and what happens to the waste that goes to be recycled also came up in
the focus groups held in Presteigne in particular
There were some concerns about the potential smell of waste left for three weeks in
a wheeled bin ndash in particular things like pet waste nappies sanitary waste and dog
faeces which is generally put into wheeled bins There were also concerns about
flytipping
Some respondents called for the council to lobby the Welsh and Westminster
governmentrsquos about the cuts to funding and also to lobby and put pressure onto
manufacturers who produce a lot of unnecessary packaging
Other Responses
A further 20+ comments were received from residents via their local councillor from
a town and community council on behalf of their residents or from residents who
either emailed the council via the generic web site or a direct email address or who
rang to speak to an officer
These comments were all logged and analysed The majority resonated with the
views and concerns given by the wider sample and included comments on flytipping
health rats the impact on more urban towns confusion re a 3 weekly collection
cycle lack of garden waste collection storage and space issues operatives role in
keeping streets clean post a collection and comments regarding council tax and
value for money One resident suggested we consider electricity generation as in a
waste to energy plant and another request was made around better promotion and
communications regarding the whole reduce reuse and recycle ethos
Focus Groups
Some focus groups were also held in Presteige and Ystradgynlais with members of
the countyrsquos citizens panel to find out their views and concerns Presteigne
residents had been part of a Welsh Government project called Zero Waste a few
years ago and the majority had a 120 litre bin or purple sacks Residents in
Ystradgynlais were the first to receive the kerbside recycling service A focus group
for Welshpool was organised but only one person was able to attend so a telephone
interview was conducted instead with this resident The full findings will be included
in the final report but are summed up here
Presteigne focus group members were not overly concerned about moving to a three
weekly service but wanted to see better information advice and communications
around why we did and didnrsquot take certain materials and what residents can and
canrsquot recycle using the kerbside boxes and other outlets like the community recycling
sites and the household waste recycling centres They wanted Powys to promote
and make recycling as easy as possible They thought that the council should
assume people could cope with three weekly unless they stated otherwise and
thought residents should try the new service first and then be assessed if they
couldnrsquot manage with the bin they had They thought more could be done at
community recycling sites to allow residents to take other things there for recycling
Batteries and small electrical products were mentioned
Ystradgynlais focus group members felt it was easy to recycle overall but the boxes
were a bit cumbersome and some wanted more as theirs were full up Crews were
praised There were concerns expressed around communal bins for residents in
flats These were full up very quickly and perhaps used by other residents other than
those living in the flats to dispose of extra waste Storage was an issue for those
living in smaller homes and flats and the issue about getting older and putting out
heavy bins and boxes was expressed People felt they were happy to do their bit to
recycle but some families would struggle and need help and extra capacity
The telephone conversation with the Welshpool resident was based around the
difficulties faced by those living in a rural setting and the use of purple sacks and
communal collection points The gentleman had suggestions around better
communications and using the refuse crews to deliver regular flyers and information
to assist residents with their recycling
Conclusions
The purpose of the consultation was to seek and capture views from residents about
how easy they found it to recycle certain items of their household waste currently using the kerbside service (glass cardboard paper certain plastics and food)
how full up their wheeled bin was currently when due a fortnightly collection
what if any concerns they may have about a move to a three weekly refuse collection service
how the council might be able to mitigate for certain households who are more likely to produce more waste based on their personal circumstances (large families residents with incontinence waste to dispose of etc
The feedback received from the consultation will help the service
Understand what concerns households have regarding both the recycling and refuse collection service
Work to address said concerns wherever possible through targeted support and visits to householders who want some help or advice clear generic communications and information via the website posters letters and publicity
A note about market research and consultations
When conducting market research companies use a margin of error and confidence level to ensure that their results are robust and representative of the population they are seeking views from (the population of interest) A consultation however isnrsquot market research as people choose to respond and are not contacted using a sampling methodology People self-select so sometimes when conducting a consultation you only hear the views of the people who are either strongly in favour or strongly object to a proposal The silent majority may not have given a view However when we analyse any consultation results we do consider how robust they are in terms of the population of interest Powys has around 60000 households and a population of around 130000 Every household has the refuse collection and recycling service in one form or another so the population of interest is 60000 To get a robust and representative view of the population as a whole - using an market industry calculator ndash we needed over a thousand households to respond to the survey With 1781 householders responding minus the two Town and Community councils (1779) we can be 95 confident that the views given represent those of Powys households as a whole within a margin of error of 3 This means that as in question 3 where we ask people how easy they find it to recycle and 34 state ldquovery easyrdquo we can be sure that if we repeated the survey the results would be between the range of 31 and 37 When conducting consultation exercise Powys County Council works to the National Principles for Public Engagement in Wales httpwwwparticipationcymruorguknational-principles
1 Could you firstly look at the list below and tick the description which best describes your household You are
Answer Count Percentage
A large family consisting of 6 or more people (1) 108 6
A family with 2 or more children in nappies (2) 147 8
A household with incontinence waste or similar (3)
106 6
A household who opted for a smaller 120 litre wheeled bin (4)
157 9
A household on purple sacks (5) 197 11
A household which has the standard 180 litre bin (7)
928 53
Other 115 7
BASE FIGURE 1758 100
No answer given + 23
Total sample 1781
The largest percentage of responses came from those residents who were on a standard 180litre wheeled bin 53 of respondents stated they had this type of bin which is to be expected as these are the bins that were delivered if a household hadnrsquot got additional needs or if they hadnrsquot sought the smaller 120litre bin when the fortnightly service was rolled out The 197 respondents who were on purple sacks made up the next highest figure at 11 Based on the rurality of Powys there are a number of properties that require a different approach and purple sacks offer an alternative to a wheeled bin People living in flats also receive purple sacks The 115 people who had chosen to state ldquootherrdquo when asked for their household type included families who had five people in them families with one child in nappies and some who had visiting grandchildren in nappies Q2 Where do you live Please provide the first 3 or 4 letters of your postcode
1777 postcodes were given which showed that on the whole responses had been received from across the county from Ystradgynlais through to Llanfair Caerinion and Machynlleth to Knighton and Presteigne
Q3 Firstly wed like to know how easy is it for your household to sort your food waste plastics cans glass cardboard and paper ready for the weekly recycling collection
Answer Count Percentage
Very easy 610 34
Easy 947 53
Fairly difficult 155 9
Very difficult 64 4
BASE FIGURE 1776 100
No answer given 5
Total sample 1781
Two follow up questions (Q3a and Q3b) were asked to the 219 respondents who answered fairly or very difficult to Q3
Q3a Please tell us what makes it difficult for you to recycle 216 respondents out of the 219 respondents gave their reasons These included
recycling boxes being an awkward shape or size
boxes being not big enough to hold all the recyclables people had to recycle
people needing more boxes and not knowing how to get them
boxes being stolen
space issues to store the boxes
understanding what is and isnrsquot recyclable
having to carry the boxes through the house on collection day
boxes getting dirty when left out all day
collection points being a distance away from a personrsquos home
mobility issues that people faced in getting the boxes to the kerbside
A full appendix of all the 216 comments received is available on request Some comments
are listed below
We are a top floor flat with limited space for the 3 boxes then I have to put the
boxes out on collection day which are barely full most weeks and so are usually
only put out once a month or so Id like to recycle more but since you took the
wheelie recycle bins away its become much more of a pain than it should be
The recycling itself is easy but the use of recycling boxes is inadequate for the
amount of recycling we undertake We are a household that recycles everything
that can be recycled but would be assisted by smaller wheeled bins for paper
plastic etc Also due to mobility difficulties is difficult to carry boxes to the waste
pickup point
I have problems with mobility and have steps in and out of property and up the side
of the house making it difficult I suffer with arthritis and it hurts my joints
constantly going to the bins
Live up a lane 200 yards long poor surface have to take bins to bottom of
land and have only one leg and am wheelchair bound
The boxes provided are terrible and definitely need improving Nowhere
to store them wheelie bins would be better with smaller stackable boxes
for indoors
Q3b The Councils Waste Awareness Advisors visit households to help them look at their waste and offer some support and advice on how to recycle more or avoid products with lots of packaging Would you like some help on what you can and cant recycle so you can free up space in your wheeled bin ahead of a three weekly collection service
186 respondents out of the 219 answered this question with 14 saying they may like some help 172 said they didnrsquot want a Waste Awareness Adviserrsquos help However on closer scrutiny from the 14 who expressed an interest 11 people went on to fill out the next question which asked for contact details Of these 11 only 8 respondents actually left their details The other 3 respondents had suggested an alternative way for the council to provide information This included using our website and writing to people One respondent said ldquoWritten or website advice in much greater detail is required with specific examples eg Philadelphia cheese topsrdquo
Answer Count
Yes 14
No 172
No answer 33
Total 219
Q3c Which of the following best describes your household type in terms of your approach to recycling
Overwhelmingly 90 of residents feel that they are recycling what they can from their household waste using the weekly kerbside service for glass plastics papercardboard and food waste Just over 90 stated that they were either lsquoavidrsquo recyclers who did all they can or they did their bit and recycled the vast majority of their waste (691 and 107 respectively) Less than 1 (7 respondents) said they put everything in their wheeled bin irrespective of whether or not it could be recycled and 3 (48 respondents) felt that it was the councilrsquos job to collect rubbish and they shouldnrsquot have to recycle
Answer Count Percentage
Avid recyclers who separate everything we can wash it and put it the boxes provided
863 50
A household that does their bit and recycles the vast majority of waste but slips up sometimes and could do a bit more
691 40
A household that recycles some items of waste but not others as itrsquos too much efforttime consuming
107 6
A household that puts everything in their wheeled bin or purple sack ndash wersquove not got time to recycle everything and canrsquot be bothered to do so
7 Less than 1 (04)
A household that feels we pay our council tax and thus shouldnrsquot have to recycle it as well Thatrsquos the councilrsquos job
48 3
BASE (those that answered the question)
1716 100
No answer 65
Total sample 1781
Q4 On average how full would you say your wheeled bin is currently when you are due a collection
Answer Count Percentage
A quarter full (25) 104 7
Half full (50) 155 11
Series1
0
200
400
600
800
Avid recyclersDo my bit
Wheeled binCouncils role
691
1077
48
Recycling Type
Three quarters full (75) 235 17
Full up (100) 916 65
BASE 1410 100
No answer 371
Total sample 1781
The table above shows that nearly two thirds of respondents said that their wheeled bin was currently full up when they were due a collection Just under a fifth said their bin was three quarters full Interestingly when you look at the total number of respondents per household type against those that said their bin was full up on collection day it is clear that the vast majority fall into either the large family or the families with two or more children in nappies categories In the table on the next page 100 out of the 108 large families who answered the survey (93) stated their wheeled bin was full up when due a collection on the current fortnightly service whilst 131 out of the 147 families who had two or more children in nappies (89) said their bin was full up too This shows a clear need for additional capacity when the council moves to three weekly collections for these particular households Similarly 80 of residents who have incontinence waste to dispose of were in the same situation Conversely only around a third of householders (38) who chose to have the smallest wheeled bin possible (the 120litre size) said theirs was full up once a fortnight suggesting that their non-recyclable waste must be very minimal For those who had a standard size 180 litre capacity wheeled bin 58 said it was full
HouseholdBin type Total no of responses
Number who felt their bin was 100 full when due a collection
Large family 108 100
2+ more children in nappies 147 131
Incontinence waste to dispose of 106 85
120 litre bin (small wheeled bin) 157 59
180 litre bin (standard size) 928 539
Total number of households who identified themselves into the categories given
1446 914
The chart here shows where respondents with a 120 litre bin live
Note Residents with purple sacks were not asked this question but a similar question to try and gauge how many bags they were putting out on a fortnightly basis This explains why the total figure given in the chart is 1446 as 197 residents stated they were on purple sacks and the remainder (138) didnrsquot choose a category ndash they chose lsquootherrsquo to describe their household
Q4a When we go to a three weekly rubbish collection do you think yoursquoll be able to manage with the bin yoursquove got
Answer Count Percentage
Yes 263 19
Not sure 217 15
No 924 66
BASE 1404 100
No answer 377
Total sample 1781
In total 1404 respondents out of a possible 1446 who had stated their household type and thus had a wheeled bin of some description answered this follow up question about whether they thought they could manage with the bin they had when the council moved to a three weekly service The table above shows that just under 20 (a fifth) thought they would manage 15 were not sure at this stage and two thirds or 66 didnrsquot think they could manage with their current wheeled bin Not surprisingly 818 of the 924 respondents shown in the above table had stated that their bin was currently full up when they were due a fortnightly collection On this basis itrsquos not surprising that they would feel that there was no more room in their bin for another weekrsquos worth of waste and thus wouldnrsquot manage Again the results showed that predominantly those feeling they
1910
27
3 1 6 3 5 3 1 2 5 1 19
224 4 2
10 11 7 1
157
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
12
0 li
tre
bin
byhellip
LD1
LD2
LD3
LD4
LD5
LD6
LD7
LD8
HR
3
HR
5
NP
8
SA9
SA1
0
SY1
0
SY1
5
SY1
6
SY1
7
SY1
8
SY1
9
SY2
0
SY2
1
SY2
2
No
po
stco
de
Tota
l
Respondents with a 120 litre bin by postcode
wouldnrsquot cope were large families families with children in nappies and those with incontinence waste to dispose of However 473 residents who currently have a standard 180litre bin also felt they wouldnrsquot be able to cope Interestingly there were five respondents who although theyrsquod stated that their 180litre bin was full up when due a collection in the previous question had perhaps reconsidered what they recycled and what they put in their wheeled bin currently because they answered lsquoyesrsquo they would manage on a three weekly cycle No other resident type who had stated their wheeled bin was already full had done so although 55 residents with a 180 litre bin had chosen lsquonot surersquo as their option suggesting that they would reserve judgement and see how a three weekly service worked for them in practice Q4b On average how many purple sacks do you put out currently on the fortnightly service 197 respondents identified themselves as being on purple sacks rather than having a wheeled bin There are a number of reasons why householders are either given or request this alternative provision Predominantly it can be because they donrsquot have space for a wheeled bin they live in a flat they live on a steep incline so a wheeled bin isnrsquot suitable or they live in a rural setting and have a shared residual waste collection point (for some people this can be down a track so in essence itrsquos not possible for a refuse lorry to get down to a property and equally residents wouldnrsquot want to attempt to wheel a bin up to said collection point
As can be seen in the bar chart above the vast majority of the 197 respondents put out just or two bags a fortnight Only 3 people said they tended to put out more than four bags a fortnight
Series10
50
100
150
200
1 2 3 4 4+ No ans Total
72 77
316 3 8
197
No of purple bags put out for collection per fortnight
Q4c When we go three weekly do you think yoursquoll manage as you are doing currently 189 out of the 197 on purple sacks responded to this follow up question with just over a third (37) stating yes they would manage but 63 feeling they wouldnrsquot
The next series of questions focused on the different household types and what the council was considering in terms of mitigations and extra capacity Q5 For large families consisting of six people or more you should currently have either a 180litre (standard size) bin or a 240litre (larger size) wheeled bin When we go three weekly if you couldnrsquot fit all your non-recyclable waste into the bin we are considering the following Please state which you would prefer
Option Count
180litre now + roll of purple sacks 4
Swap from 180litre to 240litre bin 34
240litre now + roll of purple sacks 12
240litre bin now + 120litre bin 52
Total 102
Out of the 108 residents who stated they were a large family 102 answered this question Overall it appears that for residents with a 180 litre bin the preference was to swap to a bigger 240litre bin Equally those that were already on a 240litrre bin would rather have an additional smaller 120litre bin However purple sacks were the preferred choice for some but the numbers were lower Q6 For families with 2 or more children in nappies you may currently have either a 180litre (standard size) bin or a 240litre (larger size) wheeled bin When we go three weekly we are considering a free nappy collection scheme (frequency to be determined but likely to be weekly or fortnightly)
37
63
of respondents on purple sacks
Yes No
which would allow you to dispose of your nappies and free up space in your wheeled bin for the rest of your non-recyclable waste Would this help 147 respondents had stated that they were in the position of having two or more children in nappies currently 139 of them chose to answer this question 70 felt a free and additional nappy collection service would be a help
The same respondents were then asked a follow up question Q6a If there was a nappy collection service in place do you feel confident that you could manage with the wheeled bin you have for the rest of your non-recyclable waste every three weeks Five of the 139 respondents who answered Q6 chose not to answer this follow up question leaving 134 responses The results showed that 60 were not convinced or confident that they would be able to manage with their current bin and an extra nappy collection service 40 felt they would be able to manage with six householders also happy to consider swapping back from a 240litre bin to the standard 180litre bin
Answer Count Percentage
Yes that would be fine 48 36
Yes and swap back to 180litre bin
6 4
No 80 60
Total 134 100
Finally the same respondents (families with 2 or more children in nappies) were asked one more question
0
20
40
60
80
100
Yes No
70
30
Chart Title
Q6b If the nappy service isnrsquot deemed viable for Powys then we are considering the following Which would be the best option for your household
Option Count
180litre now + roll of purple sacks 6
Swap from 180litre to 240litre bin 42
240litre now + roll of purple sacks 24
240litre bin now + 120litre bin 47
Total 119
119 families answered this final question As was the case for the larger families the preference for those with a 180litre bin was clearly to move to a 240litre wheeled bin instead Those families who were already on the larger bin were more likely to want an extra 120litre bin if there were no nappy collection scheme on offer but 24 did say theyrsquod prefer a roll of purple sacks instead Q7 For households where someone has incontinence waste or similar eg incontinence pads or colostomy bags you may have either a 180litre (standard size) or a 240litre (larger size) wheeled bin When we go three weekly wersquod like to be able to offer a free incontinence wastenappy collection scheme (frequency to be agreed but likely to be weekly or fortnightly) This would allow you to dispose of some of your waste and free up space in your wheeled bin for the rest of your non-recyclable waste (This scheme would not include colostomy bags) Would this help 106 residents stated they had incontinence waste to dispose of However only 85 choose to answer this first specific question about the proposals around three weekly collections 56 were interested in a free service whilst 29 were not
The same respondents were then asked a similar question as those families with children in nappies
56
29
Interest in incontinence collection scheme
Yes No
Q7a If there was a collection service in place do you feel confident that you could manage with the wheeled bin you have for the rest of your non-recyclable waste every three weeks One more person choose to answer this question so 86 respondents gave a view The results showed that 50 were not convinced or confident that they would be able to manage but 50 did Looking at the 50 who felt confident 10 of these residents said they were happy to consider swapping back from their current 240litre bin to the standard 180litre bin
Answer Count Percentage
Yes that would be fine 34 40
Yes and swap back to 180litre bin
9 10
No 43 50
Total 86 100
Q7b If the service isnrsquot deemed viable then we are considering the following Which would be the best option for your household 81 out of the 86 respondents who had answered the previous question gave a view on what might work best for them Again there appears to be a preference by residents for an extra bin rather than purple sacks
Option Count
180litre now + roll of purple sacks 13
Swap from 180litre to 240litre bin 28
240litre now + roll of purple sacks 13
240litre bin now + 120litre bin 27
Total 81
Q8 For households who opted for a 120litre bin there is an option to swap to a bigger 180litre bin or to stay as you are if you felt you didnrsquot have much non-recyclable waste to dispose of Which would be your preferred option 157 residents had identified themselves as having a 120litre bin which is the smallest wheeled bin available 144 answered this question 57 were happy to stay on the 120litre bin they had already compared to 43 who wanted to swap to a 180litre bin when the council moved to a three weekly collection
Answer Count Percentage
Stick with the 120litre bin 82
Swap to a 180 litre bin 62
Total 144
Q10 Having considered your household situation and the plans being put forward do you have any major concerns about a change to a three weekly rubbish collection service
Answer Count Percentage
Yes 1358 80
No 336 20
Total 1694 100
This question was asked of all respondents 1694 out of the 1781 respondents answered this question The vast majority (80) had some concerns about the move to a three weekly refuse collection service and these concerns related to a number of issues Residents were asked to give details Q10a The top five concerns were
potential smell of waste after three weeks
vermin
fly tipping
capacity issues re storage andor more boxes
communications and information re- recycling
Q10b What about moving to a monthly rubbish collection service Would
you have any objections if you could store your non-recyclable waste in a
big enough bin
Respondents were given the choice of four answers Two were objecting to a move to four weekly and two were supporting this 1683 responses were received for this question Just under a fifth (19) felt a move to a monthly collection service either now or after the three weekly service had been rolled out for a while would not cause them a problem However 81 did object
Answer Count Percentage
No I wouldnrsquot object It makes sense to go monthly and make the savings now rather than going 3 weekly and then monthly
173 10
No I wouldnrsquot object Irsquod be happy to go three weekly first and then move to a monthly collection over time
145 9
Yes I do object I think expecting households to wait three weeks for a collection is too long ndash savings or no savings Find them elsewhere
626 37
Yes I do object I think our recycling and rubbish collection service are the things that council tax payers can see for their money and going monthly isnrsquot acceptable
739 44
Total 1683 100
Q11 If you have any final comments or suggestions about recyclingrubbish
collections that yoursquod like to make please do so here
Over a thousand comments were received These comments were quite varied and
ranged from residents objecting per se to three weekly collections to some calls for
the council to get much tougher and fine people for not recycling their waste
There were comments that more communications information and advice was
needed to help residents understand what can and canrsquot be recycled and why we are
no longer taking the softer type plastic wrappings or bags This issue about
educating the public and helping them understand more about why certain decisions
are taken and what happens to the waste that goes to be recycled also came up in
the focus groups held in Presteigne in particular
There were some concerns about the potential smell of waste left for three weeks in
a wheeled bin ndash in particular things like pet waste nappies sanitary waste and dog
faeces which is generally put into wheeled bins There were also concerns about
flytipping
Some respondents called for the council to lobby the Welsh and Westminster
governmentrsquos about the cuts to funding and also to lobby and put pressure onto
manufacturers who produce a lot of unnecessary packaging
Other Responses
A further 20+ comments were received from residents via their local councillor from
a town and community council on behalf of their residents or from residents who
either emailed the council via the generic web site or a direct email address or who
rang to speak to an officer
These comments were all logged and analysed The majority resonated with the
views and concerns given by the wider sample and included comments on flytipping
health rats the impact on more urban towns confusion re a 3 weekly collection
cycle lack of garden waste collection storage and space issues operatives role in
keeping streets clean post a collection and comments regarding council tax and
value for money One resident suggested we consider electricity generation as in a
waste to energy plant and another request was made around better promotion and
communications regarding the whole reduce reuse and recycle ethos
Focus Groups
Some focus groups were also held in Presteige and Ystradgynlais with members of
the countyrsquos citizens panel to find out their views and concerns Presteigne
residents had been part of a Welsh Government project called Zero Waste a few
years ago and the majority had a 120 litre bin or purple sacks Residents in
Ystradgynlais were the first to receive the kerbside recycling service A focus group
for Welshpool was organised but only one person was able to attend so a telephone
interview was conducted instead with this resident The full findings will be included
in the final report but are summed up here
Presteigne focus group members were not overly concerned about moving to a three
weekly service but wanted to see better information advice and communications
around why we did and didnrsquot take certain materials and what residents can and
canrsquot recycle using the kerbside boxes and other outlets like the community recycling
sites and the household waste recycling centres They wanted Powys to promote
and make recycling as easy as possible They thought that the council should
assume people could cope with three weekly unless they stated otherwise and
thought residents should try the new service first and then be assessed if they
couldnrsquot manage with the bin they had They thought more could be done at
community recycling sites to allow residents to take other things there for recycling
Batteries and small electrical products were mentioned
Ystradgynlais focus group members felt it was easy to recycle overall but the boxes
were a bit cumbersome and some wanted more as theirs were full up Crews were
praised There were concerns expressed around communal bins for residents in
flats These were full up very quickly and perhaps used by other residents other than
those living in the flats to dispose of extra waste Storage was an issue for those
living in smaller homes and flats and the issue about getting older and putting out
heavy bins and boxes was expressed People felt they were happy to do their bit to
recycle but some families would struggle and need help and extra capacity
The telephone conversation with the Welshpool resident was based around the
difficulties faced by those living in a rural setting and the use of purple sacks and
communal collection points The gentleman had suggestions around better
communications and using the refuse crews to deliver regular flyers and information
to assist residents with their recycling
Conclusions
The purpose of the consultation was to seek and capture views from residents about
how easy they found it to recycle certain items of their household waste currently using the kerbside service (glass cardboard paper certain plastics and food)
how full up their wheeled bin was currently when due a fortnightly collection
what if any concerns they may have about a move to a three weekly refuse collection service
how the council might be able to mitigate for certain households who are more likely to produce more waste based on their personal circumstances (large families residents with incontinence waste to dispose of etc
The feedback received from the consultation will help the service
Understand what concerns households have regarding both the recycling and refuse collection service
Work to address said concerns wherever possible through targeted support and visits to householders who want some help or advice clear generic communications and information via the website posters letters and publicity
A note about market research and consultations
When conducting market research companies use a margin of error and confidence level to ensure that their results are robust and representative of the population they are seeking views from (the population of interest) A consultation however isnrsquot market research as people choose to respond and are not contacted using a sampling methodology People self-select so sometimes when conducting a consultation you only hear the views of the people who are either strongly in favour or strongly object to a proposal The silent majority may not have given a view However when we analyse any consultation results we do consider how robust they are in terms of the population of interest Powys has around 60000 households and a population of around 130000 Every household has the refuse collection and recycling service in one form or another so the population of interest is 60000 To get a robust and representative view of the population as a whole - using an market industry calculator ndash we needed over a thousand households to respond to the survey With 1781 householders responding minus the two Town and Community councils (1779) we can be 95 confident that the views given represent those of Powys households as a whole within a margin of error of 3 This means that as in question 3 where we ask people how easy they find it to recycle and 34 state ldquovery easyrdquo we can be sure that if we repeated the survey the results would be between the range of 31 and 37 When conducting consultation exercise Powys County Council works to the National Principles for Public Engagement in Wales httpwwwparticipationcymruorguknational-principles
Q3 Firstly wed like to know how easy is it for your household to sort your food waste plastics cans glass cardboard and paper ready for the weekly recycling collection
Answer Count Percentage
Very easy 610 34
Easy 947 53
Fairly difficult 155 9
Very difficult 64 4
BASE FIGURE 1776 100
No answer given 5
Total sample 1781
Two follow up questions (Q3a and Q3b) were asked to the 219 respondents who answered fairly or very difficult to Q3
Q3a Please tell us what makes it difficult for you to recycle 216 respondents out of the 219 respondents gave their reasons These included
recycling boxes being an awkward shape or size
boxes being not big enough to hold all the recyclables people had to recycle
people needing more boxes and not knowing how to get them
boxes being stolen
space issues to store the boxes
understanding what is and isnrsquot recyclable
having to carry the boxes through the house on collection day
boxes getting dirty when left out all day
collection points being a distance away from a personrsquos home
mobility issues that people faced in getting the boxes to the kerbside
A full appendix of all the 216 comments received is available on request Some comments
are listed below
We are a top floor flat with limited space for the 3 boxes then I have to put the
boxes out on collection day which are barely full most weeks and so are usually
only put out once a month or so Id like to recycle more but since you took the
wheelie recycle bins away its become much more of a pain than it should be
The recycling itself is easy but the use of recycling boxes is inadequate for the
amount of recycling we undertake We are a household that recycles everything
that can be recycled but would be assisted by smaller wheeled bins for paper
plastic etc Also due to mobility difficulties is difficult to carry boxes to the waste
pickup point
I have problems with mobility and have steps in and out of property and up the side
of the house making it difficult I suffer with arthritis and it hurts my joints
constantly going to the bins
Live up a lane 200 yards long poor surface have to take bins to bottom of
land and have only one leg and am wheelchair bound
The boxes provided are terrible and definitely need improving Nowhere
to store them wheelie bins would be better with smaller stackable boxes
for indoors
Q3b The Councils Waste Awareness Advisors visit households to help them look at their waste and offer some support and advice on how to recycle more or avoid products with lots of packaging Would you like some help on what you can and cant recycle so you can free up space in your wheeled bin ahead of a three weekly collection service
186 respondents out of the 219 answered this question with 14 saying they may like some help 172 said they didnrsquot want a Waste Awareness Adviserrsquos help However on closer scrutiny from the 14 who expressed an interest 11 people went on to fill out the next question which asked for contact details Of these 11 only 8 respondents actually left their details The other 3 respondents had suggested an alternative way for the council to provide information This included using our website and writing to people One respondent said ldquoWritten or website advice in much greater detail is required with specific examples eg Philadelphia cheese topsrdquo
Answer Count
Yes 14
No 172
No answer 33
Total 219
Q3c Which of the following best describes your household type in terms of your approach to recycling
Overwhelmingly 90 of residents feel that they are recycling what they can from their household waste using the weekly kerbside service for glass plastics papercardboard and food waste Just over 90 stated that they were either lsquoavidrsquo recyclers who did all they can or they did their bit and recycled the vast majority of their waste (691 and 107 respectively) Less than 1 (7 respondents) said they put everything in their wheeled bin irrespective of whether or not it could be recycled and 3 (48 respondents) felt that it was the councilrsquos job to collect rubbish and they shouldnrsquot have to recycle
Answer Count Percentage
Avid recyclers who separate everything we can wash it and put it the boxes provided
863 50
A household that does their bit and recycles the vast majority of waste but slips up sometimes and could do a bit more
691 40
A household that recycles some items of waste but not others as itrsquos too much efforttime consuming
107 6
A household that puts everything in their wheeled bin or purple sack ndash wersquove not got time to recycle everything and canrsquot be bothered to do so
7 Less than 1 (04)
A household that feels we pay our council tax and thus shouldnrsquot have to recycle it as well Thatrsquos the councilrsquos job
48 3
BASE (those that answered the question)
1716 100
No answer 65
Total sample 1781
Q4 On average how full would you say your wheeled bin is currently when you are due a collection
Answer Count Percentage
A quarter full (25) 104 7
Half full (50) 155 11
Series1
0
200
400
600
800
Avid recyclersDo my bit
Wheeled binCouncils role
691
1077
48
Recycling Type
Three quarters full (75) 235 17
Full up (100) 916 65
BASE 1410 100
No answer 371
Total sample 1781
The table above shows that nearly two thirds of respondents said that their wheeled bin was currently full up when they were due a collection Just under a fifth said their bin was three quarters full Interestingly when you look at the total number of respondents per household type against those that said their bin was full up on collection day it is clear that the vast majority fall into either the large family or the families with two or more children in nappies categories In the table on the next page 100 out of the 108 large families who answered the survey (93) stated their wheeled bin was full up when due a collection on the current fortnightly service whilst 131 out of the 147 families who had two or more children in nappies (89) said their bin was full up too This shows a clear need for additional capacity when the council moves to three weekly collections for these particular households Similarly 80 of residents who have incontinence waste to dispose of were in the same situation Conversely only around a third of householders (38) who chose to have the smallest wheeled bin possible (the 120litre size) said theirs was full up once a fortnight suggesting that their non-recyclable waste must be very minimal For those who had a standard size 180 litre capacity wheeled bin 58 said it was full
HouseholdBin type Total no of responses
Number who felt their bin was 100 full when due a collection
Large family 108 100
2+ more children in nappies 147 131
Incontinence waste to dispose of 106 85
120 litre bin (small wheeled bin) 157 59
180 litre bin (standard size) 928 539
Total number of households who identified themselves into the categories given
1446 914
The chart here shows where respondents with a 120 litre bin live
Note Residents with purple sacks were not asked this question but a similar question to try and gauge how many bags they were putting out on a fortnightly basis This explains why the total figure given in the chart is 1446 as 197 residents stated they were on purple sacks and the remainder (138) didnrsquot choose a category ndash they chose lsquootherrsquo to describe their household
Q4a When we go to a three weekly rubbish collection do you think yoursquoll be able to manage with the bin yoursquove got
Answer Count Percentage
Yes 263 19
Not sure 217 15
No 924 66
BASE 1404 100
No answer 377
Total sample 1781
In total 1404 respondents out of a possible 1446 who had stated their household type and thus had a wheeled bin of some description answered this follow up question about whether they thought they could manage with the bin they had when the council moved to a three weekly service The table above shows that just under 20 (a fifth) thought they would manage 15 were not sure at this stage and two thirds or 66 didnrsquot think they could manage with their current wheeled bin Not surprisingly 818 of the 924 respondents shown in the above table had stated that their bin was currently full up when they were due a fortnightly collection On this basis itrsquos not surprising that they would feel that there was no more room in their bin for another weekrsquos worth of waste and thus wouldnrsquot manage Again the results showed that predominantly those feeling they
1910
27
3 1 6 3 5 3 1 2 5 1 19
224 4 2
10 11 7 1
157
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
12
0 li
tre
bin
byhellip
LD1
LD2
LD3
LD4
LD5
LD6
LD7
LD8
HR
3
HR
5
NP
8
SA9
SA1
0
SY1
0
SY1
5
SY1
6
SY1
7
SY1
8
SY1
9
SY2
0
SY2
1
SY2
2
No
po
stco
de
Tota
l
Respondents with a 120 litre bin by postcode
wouldnrsquot cope were large families families with children in nappies and those with incontinence waste to dispose of However 473 residents who currently have a standard 180litre bin also felt they wouldnrsquot be able to cope Interestingly there were five respondents who although theyrsquod stated that their 180litre bin was full up when due a collection in the previous question had perhaps reconsidered what they recycled and what they put in their wheeled bin currently because they answered lsquoyesrsquo they would manage on a three weekly cycle No other resident type who had stated their wheeled bin was already full had done so although 55 residents with a 180 litre bin had chosen lsquonot surersquo as their option suggesting that they would reserve judgement and see how a three weekly service worked for them in practice Q4b On average how many purple sacks do you put out currently on the fortnightly service 197 respondents identified themselves as being on purple sacks rather than having a wheeled bin There are a number of reasons why householders are either given or request this alternative provision Predominantly it can be because they donrsquot have space for a wheeled bin they live in a flat they live on a steep incline so a wheeled bin isnrsquot suitable or they live in a rural setting and have a shared residual waste collection point (for some people this can be down a track so in essence itrsquos not possible for a refuse lorry to get down to a property and equally residents wouldnrsquot want to attempt to wheel a bin up to said collection point
As can be seen in the bar chart above the vast majority of the 197 respondents put out just or two bags a fortnight Only 3 people said they tended to put out more than four bags a fortnight
Series10
50
100
150
200
1 2 3 4 4+ No ans Total
72 77
316 3 8
197
No of purple bags put out for collection per fortnight
Q4c When we go three weekly do you think yoursquoll manage as you are doing currently 189 out of the 197 on purple sacks responded to this follow up question with just over a third (37) stating yes they would manage but 63 feeling they wouldnrsquot
The next series of questions focused on the different household types and what the council was considering in terms of mitigations and extra capacity Q5 For large families consisting of six people or more you should currently have either a 180litre (standard size) bin or a 240litre (larger size) wheeled bin When we go three weekly if you couldnrsquot fit all your non-recyclable waste into the bin we are considering the following Please state which you would prefer
Option Count
180litre now + roll of purple sacks 4
Swap from 180litre to 240litre bin 34
240litre now + roll of purple sacks 12
240litre bin now + 120litre bin 52
Total 102
Out of the 108 residents who stated they were a large family 102 answered this question Overall it appears that for residents with a 180 litre bin the preference was to swap to a bigger 240litre bin Equally those that were already on a 240litrre bin would rather have an additional smaller 120litre bin However purple sacks were the preferred choice for some but the numbers were lower Q6 For families with 2 or more children in nappies you may currently have either a 180litre (standard size) bin or a 240litre (larger size) wheeled bin When we go three weekly we are considering a free nappy collection scheme (frequency to be determined but likely to be weekly or fortnightly)
37
63
of respondents on purple sacks
Yes No
which would allow you to dispose of your nappies and free up space in your wheeled bin for the rest of your non-recyclable waste Would this help 147 respondents had stated that they were in the position of having two or more children in nappies currently 139 of them chose to answer this question 70 felt a free and additional nappy collection service would be a help
The same respondents were then asked a follow up question Q6a If there was a nappy collection service in place do you feel confident that you could manage with the wheeled bin you have for the rest of your non-recyclable waste every three weeks Five of the 139 respondents who answered Q6 chose not to answer this follow up question leaving 134 responses The results showed that 60 were not convinced or confident that they would be able to manage with their current bin and an extra nappy collection service 40 felt they would be able to manage with six householders also happy to consider swapping back from a 240litre bin to the standard 180litre bin
Answer Count Percentage
Yes that would be fine 48 36
Yes and swap back to 180litre bin
6 4
No 80 60
Total 134 100
Finally the same respondents (families with 2 or more children in nappies) were asked one more question
0
20
40
60
80
100
Yes No
70
30
Chart Title
Q6b If the nappy service isnrsquot deemed viable for Powys then we are considering the following Which would be the best option for your household
Option Count
180litre now + roll of purple sacks 6
Swap from 180litre to 240litre bin 42
240litre now + roll of purple sacks 24
240litre bin now + 120litre bin 47
Total 119
119 families answered this final question As was the case for the larger families the preference for those with a 180litre bin was clearly to move to a 240litre wheeled bin instead Those families who were already on the larger bin were more likely to want an extra 120litre bin if there were no nappy collection scheme on offer but 24 did say theyrsquod prefer a roll of purple sacks instead Q7 For households where someone has incontinence waste or similar eg incontinence pads or colostomy bags you may have either a 180litre (standard size) or a 240litre (larger size) wheeled bin When we go three weekly wersquod like to be able to offer a free incontinence wastenappy collection scheme (frequency to be agreed but likely to be weekly or fortnightly) This would allow you to dispose of some of your waste and free up space in your wheeled bin for the rest of your non-recyclable waste (This scheme would not include colostomy bags) Would this help 106 residents stated they had incontinence waste to dispose of However only 85 choose to answer this first specific question about the proposals around three weekly collections 56 were interested in a free service whilst 29 were not
The same respondents were then asked a similar question as those families with children in nappies
56
29
Interest in incontinence collection scheme
Yes No
Q7a If there was a collection service in place do you feel confident that you could manage with the wheeled bin you have for the rest of your non-recyclable waste every three weeks One more person choose to answer this question so 86 respondents gave a view The results showed that 50 were not convinced or confident that they would be able to manage but 50 did Looking at the 50 who felt confident 10 of these residents said they were happy to consider swapping back from their current 240litre bin to the standard 180litre bin
Answer Count Percentage
Yes that would be fine 34 40
Yes and swap back to 180litre bin
9 10
No 43 50
Total 86 100
Q7b If the service isnrsquot deemed viable then we are considering the following Which would be the best option for your household 81 out of the 86 respondents who had answered the previous question gave a view on what might work best for them Again there appears to be a preference by residents for an extra bin rather than purple sacks
Option Count
180litre now + roll of purple sacks 13
Swap from 180litre to 240litre bin 28
240litre now + roll of purple sacks 13
240litre bin now + 120litre bin 27
Total 81
Q8 For households who opted for a 120litre bin there is an option to swap to a bigger 180litre bin or to stay as you are if you felt you didnrsquot have much non-recyclable waste to dispose of Which would be your preferred option 157 residents had identified themselves as having a 120litre bin which is the smallest wheeled bin available 144 answered this question 57 were happy to stay on the 120litre bin they had already compared to 43 who wanted to swap to a 180litre bin when the council moved to a three weekly collection
Answer Count Percentage
Stick with the 120litre bin 82
Swap to a 180 litre bin 62
Total 144
Q10 Having considered your household situation and the plans being put forward do you have any major concerns about a change to a three weekly rubbish collection service
Answer Count Percentage
Yes 1358 80
No 336 20
Total 1694 100
This question was asked of all respondents 1694 out of the 1781 respondents answered this question The vast majority (80) had some concerns about the move to a three weekly refuse collection service and these concerns related to a number of issues Residents were asked to give details Q10a The top five concerns were
potential smell of waste after three weeks
vermin
fly tipping
capacity issues re storage andor more boxes
communications and information re- recycling
Q10b What about moving to a monthly rubbish collection service Would
you have any objections if you could store your non-recyclable waste in a
big enough bin
Respondents were given the choice of four answers Two were objecting to a move to four weekly and two were supporting this 1683 responses were received for this question Just under a fifth (19) felt a move to a monthly collection service either now or after the three weekly service had been rolled out for a while would not cause them a problem However 81 did object
Answer Count Percentage
No I wouldnrsquot object It makes sense to go monthly and make the savings now rather than going 3 weekly and then monthly
173 10
No I wouldnrsquot object Irsquod be happy to go three weekly first and then move to a monthly collection over time
145 9
Yes I do object I think expecting households to wait three weeks for a collection is too long ndash savings or no savings Find them elsewhere
626 37
Yes I do object I think our recycling and rubbish collection service are the things that council tax payers can see for their money and going monthly isnrsquot acceptable
739 44
Total 1683 100
Q11 If you have any final comments or suggestions about recyclingrubbish
collections that yoursquod like to make please do so here
Over a thousand comments were received These comments were quite varied and
ranged from residents objecting per se to three weekly collections to some calls for
the council to get much tougher and fine people for not recycling their waste
There were comments that more communications information and advice was
needed to help residents understand what can and canrsquot be recycled and why we are
no longer taking the softer type plastic wrappings or bags This issue about
educating the public and helping them understand more about why certain decisions
are taken and what happens to the waste that goes to be recycled also came up in
the focus groups held in Presteigne in particular
There were some concerns about the potential smell of waste left for three weeks in
a wheeled bin ndash in particular things like pet waste nappies sanitary waste and dog
faeces which is generally put into wheeled bins There were also concerns about
flytipping
Some respondents called for the council to lobby the Welsh and Westminster
governmentrsquos about the cuts to funding and also to lobby and put pressure onto
manufacturers who produce a lot of unnecessary packaging
Other Responses
A further 20+ comments were received from residents via their local councillor from
a town and community council on behalf of their residents or from residents who
either emailed the council via the generic web site or a direct email address or who
rang to speak to an officer
These comments were all logged and analysed The majority resonated with the
views and concerns given by the wider sample and included comments on flytipping
health rats the impact on more urban towns confusion re a 3 weekly collection
cycle lack of garden waste collection storage and space issues operatives role in
keeping streets clean post a collection and comments regarding council tax and
value for money One resident suggested we consider electricity generation as in a
waste to energy plant and another request was made around better promotion and
communications regarding the whole reduce reuse and recycle ethos
Focus Groups
Some focus groups were also held in Presteige and Ystradgynlais with members of
the countyrsquos citizens panel to find out their views and concerns Presteigne
residents had been part of a Welsh Government project called Zero Waste a few
years ago and the majority had a 120 litre bin or purple sacks Residents in
Ystradgynlais were the first to receive the kerbside recycling service A focus group
for Welshpool was organised but only one person was able to attend so a telephone
interview was conducted instead with this resident The full findings will be included
in the final report but are summed up here
Presteigne focus group members were not overly concerned about moving to a three
weekly service but wanted to see better information advice and communications
around why we did and didnrsquot take certain materials and what residents can and
canrsquot recycle using the kerbside boxes and other outlets like the community recycling
sites and the household waste recycling centres They wanted Powys to promote
and make recycling as easy as possible They thought that the council should
assume people could cope with three weekly unless they stated otherwise and
thought residents should try the new service first and then be assessed if they
couldnrsquot manage with the bin they had They thought more could be done at
community recycling sites to allow residents to take other things there for recycling
Batteries and small electrical products were mentioned
Ystradgynlais focus group members felt it was easy to recycle overall but the boxes
were a bit cumbersome and some wanted more as theirs were full up Crews were
praised There were concerns expressed around communal bins for residents in
flats These were full up very quickly and perhaps used by other residents other than
those living in the flats to dispose of extra waste Storage was an issue for those
living in smaller homes and flats and the issue about getting older and putting out
heavy bins and boxes was expressed People felt they were happy to do their bit to
recycle but some families would struggle and need help and extra capacity
The telephone conversation with the Welshpool resident was based around the
difficulties faced by those living in a rural setting and the use of purple sacks and
communal collection points The gentleman had suggestions around better
communications and using the refuse crews to deliver regular flyers and information
to assist residents with their recycling
Conclusions
The purpose of the consultation was to seek and capture views from residents about
how easy they found it to recycle certain items of their household waste currently using the kerbside service (glass cardboard paper certain plastics and food)
how full up their wheeled bin was currently when due a fortnightly collection
what if any concerns they may have about a move to a three weekly refuse collection service
how the council might be able to mitigate for certain households who are more likely to produce more waste based on their personal circumstances (large families residents with incontinence waste to dispose of etc
The feedback received from the consultation will help the service
Understand what concerns households have regarding both the recycling and refuse collection service
Work to address said concerns wherever possible through targeted support and visits to householders who want some help or advice clear generic communications and information via the website posters letters and publicity
A note about market research and consultations
When conducting market research companies use a margin of error and confidence level to ensure that their results are robust and representative of the population they are seeking views from (the population of interest) A consultation however isnrsquot market research as people choose to respond and are not contacted using a sampling methodology People self-select so sometimes when conducting a consultation you only hear the views of the people who are either strongly in favour or strongly object to a proposal The silent majority may not have given a view However when we analyse any consultation results we do consider how robust they are in terms of the population of interest Powys has around 60000 households and a population of around 130000 Every household has the refuse collection and recycling service in one form or another so the population of interest is 60000 To get a robust and representative view of the population as a whole - using an market industry calculator ndash we needed over a thousand households to respond to the survey With 1781 householders responding minus the two Town and Community councils (1779) we can be 95 confident that the views given represent those of Powys households as a whole within a margin of error of 3 This means that as in question 3 where we ask people how easy they find it to recycle and 34 state ldquovery easyrdquo we can be sure that if we repeated the survey the results would be between the range of 31 and 37 When conducting consultation exercise Powys County Council works to the National Principles for Public Engagement in Wales httpwwwparticipationcymruorguknational-principles
Live up a lane 200 yards long poor surface have to take bins to bottom of
land and have only one leg and am wheelchair bound
The boxes provided are terrible and definitely need improving Nowhere
to store them wheelie bins would be better with smaller stackable boxes
for indoors
Q3b The Councils Waste Awareness Advisors visit households to help them look at their waste and offer some support and advice on how to recycle more or avoid products with lots of packaging Would you like some help on what you can and cant recycle so you can free up space in your wheeled bin ahead of a three weekly collection service
186 respondents out of the 219 answered this question with 14 saying they may like some help 172 said they didnrsquot want a Waste Awareness Adviserrsquos help However on closer scrutiny from the 14 who expressed an interest 11 people went on to fill out the next question which asked for contact details Of these 11 only 8 respondents actually left their details The other 3 respondents had suggested an alternative way for the council to provide information This included using our website and writing to people One respondent said ldquoWritten or website advice in much greater detail is required with specific examples eg Philadelphia cheese topsrdquo
Answer Count
Yes 14
No 172
No answer 33
Total 219
Q3c Which of the following best describes your household type in terms of your approach to recycling
Overwhelmingly 90 of residents feel that they are recycling what they can from their household waste using the weekly kerbside service for glass plastics papercardboard and food waste Just over 90 stated that they were either lsquoavidrsquo recyclers who did all they can or they did their bit and recycled the vast majority of their waste (691 and 107 respectively) Less than 1 (7 respondents) said they put everything in their wheeled bin irrespective of whether or not it could be recycled and 3 (48 respondents) felt that it was the councilrsquos job to collect rubbish and they shouldnrsquot have to recycle
Answer Count Percentage
Avid recyclers who separate everything we can wash it and put it the boxes provided
863 50
A household that does their bit and recycles the vast majority of waste but slips up sometimes and could do a bit more
691 40
A household that recycles some items of waste but not others as itrsquos too much efforttime consuming
107 6
A household that puts everything in their wheeled bin or purple sack ndash wersquove not got time to recycle everything and canrsquot be bothered to do so
7 Less than 1 (04)
A household that feels we pay our council tax and thus shouldnrsquot have to recycle it as well Thatrsquos the councilrsquos job
48 3
BASE (those that answered the question)
1716 100
No answer 65
Total sample 1781
Q4 On average how full would you say your wheeled bin is currently when you are due a collection
Answer Count Percentage
A quarter full (25) 104 7
Half full (50) 155 11
Series1
0
200
400
600
800
Avid recyclersDo my bit
Wheeled binCouncils role
691
1077
48
Recycling Type
Three quarters full (75) 235 17
Full up (100) 916 65
BASE 1410 100
No answer 371
Total sample 1781
The table above shows that nearly two thirds of respondents said that their wheeled bin was currently full up when they were due a collection Just under a fifth said their bin was three quarters full Interestingly when you look at the total number of respondents per household type against those that said their bin was full up on collection day it is clear that the vast majority fall into either the large family or the families with two or more children in nappies categories In the table on the next page 100 out of the 108 large families who answered the survey (93) stated their wheeled bin was full up when due a collection on the current fortnightly service whilst 131 out of the 147 families who had two or more children in nappies (89) said their bin was full up too This shows a clear need for additional capacity when the council moves to three weekly collections for these particular households Similarly 80 of residents who have incontinence waste to dispose of were in the same situation Conversely only around a third of householders (38) who chose to have the smallest wheeled bin possible (the 120litre size) said theirs was full up once a fortnight suggesting that their non-recyclable waste must be very minimal For those who had a standard size 180 litre capacity wheeled bin 58 said it was full
HouseholdBin type Total no of responses
Number who felt their bin was 100 full when due a collection
Large family 108 100
2+ more children in nappies 147 131
Incontinence waste to dispose of 106 85
120 litre bin (small wheeled bin) 157 59
180 litre bin (standard size) 928 539
Total number of households who identified themselves into the categories given
1446 914
The chart here shows where respondents with a 120 litre bin live
Note Residents with purple sacks were not asked this question but a similar question to try and gauge how many bags they were putting out on a fortnightly basis This explains why the total figure given in the chart is 1446 as 197 residents stated they were on purple sacks and the remainder (138) didnrsquot choose a category ndash they chose lsquootherrsquo to describe their household
Q4a When we go to a three weekly rubbish collection do you think yoursquoll be able to manage with the bin yoursquove got
Answer Count Percentage
Yes 263 19
Not sure 217 15
No 924 66
BASE 1404 100
No answer 377
Total sample 1781
In total 1404 respondents out of a possible 1446 who had stated their household type and thus had a wheeled bin of some description answered this follow up question about whether they thought they could manage with the bin they had when the council moved to a three weekly service The table above shows that just under 20 (a fifth) thought they would manage 15 were not sure at this stage and two thirds or 66 didnrsquot think they could manage with their current wheeled bin Not surprisingly 818 of the 924 respondents shown in the above table had stated that their bin was currently full up when they were due a fortnightly collection On this basis itrsquos not surprising that they would feel that there was no more room in their bin for another weekrsquos worth of waste and thus wouldnrsquot manage Again the results showed that predominantly those feeling they
1910
27
3 1 6 3 5 3 1 2 5 1 19
224 4 2
10 11 7 1
157
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
12
0 li
tre
bin
byhellip
LD1
LD2
LD3
LD4
LD5
LD6
LD7
LD8
HR
3
HR
5
NP
8
SA9
SA1
0
SY1
0
SY1
5
SY1
6
SY1
7
SY1
8
SY1
9
SY2
0
SY2
1
SY2
2
No
po
stco
de
Tota
l
Respondents with a 120 litre bin by postcode
wouldnrsquot cope were large families families with children in nappies and those with incontinence waste to dispose of However 473 residents who currently have a standard 180litre bin also felt they wouldnrsquot be able to cope Interestingly there were five respondents who although theyrsquod stated that their 180litre bin was full up when due a collection in the previous question had perhaps reconsidered what they recycled and what they put in their wheeled bin currently because they answered lsquoyesrsquo they would manage on a three weekly cycle No other resident type who had stated their wheeled bin was already full had done so although 55 residents with a 180 litre bin had chosen lsquonot surersquo as their option suggesting that they would reserve judgement and see how a three weekly service worked for them in practice Q4b On average how many purple sacks do you put out currently on the fortnightly service 197 respondents identified themselves as being on purple sacks rather than having a wheeled bin There are a number of reasons why householders are either given or request this alternative provision Predominantly it can be because they donrsquot have space for a wheeled bin they live in a flat they live on a steep incline so a wheeled bin isnrsquot suitable or they live in a rural setting and have a shared residual waste collection point (for some people this can be down a track so in essence itrsquos not possible for a refuse lorry to get down to a property and equally residents wouldnrsquot want to attempt to wheel a bin up to said collection point
As can be seen in the bar chart above the vast majority of the 197 respondents put out just or two bags a fortnight Only 3 people said they tended to put out more than four bags a fortnight
Series10
50
100
150
200
1 2 3 4 4+ No ans Total
72 77
316 3 8
197
No of purple bags put out for collection per fortnight
Q4c When we go three weekly do you think yoursquoll manage as you are doing currently 189 out of the 197 on purple sacks responded to this follow up question with just over a third (37) stating yes they would manage but 63 feeling they wouldnrsquot
The next series of questions focused on the different household types and what the council was considering in terms of mitigations and extra capacity Q5 For large families consisting of six people or more you should currently have either a 180litre (standard size) bin or a 240litre (larger size) wheeled bin When we go three weekly if you couldnrsquot fit all your non-recyclable waste into the bin we are considering the following Please state which you would prefer
Option Count
180litre now + roll of purple sacks 4
Swap from 180litre to 240litre bin 34
240litre now + roll of purple sacks 12
240litre bin now + 120litre bin 52
Total 102
Out of the 108 residents who stated they were a large family 102 answered this question Overall it appears that for residents with a 180 litre bin the preference was to swap to a bigger 240litre bin Equally those that were already on a 240litrre bin would rather have an additional smaller 120litre bin However purple sacks were the preferred choice for some but the numbers were lower Q6 For families with 2 or more children in nappies you may currently have either a 180litre (standard size) bin or a 240litre (larger size) wheeled bin When we go three weekly we are considering a free nappy collection scheme (frequency to be determined but likely to be weekly or fortnightly)
37
63
of respondents on purple sacks
Yes No
which would allow you to dispose of your nappies and free up space in your wheeled bin for the rest of your non-recyclable waste Would this help 147 respondents had stated that they were in the position of having two or more children in nappies currently 139 of them chose to answer this question 70 felt a free and additional nappy collection service would be a help
The same respondents were then asked a follow up question Q6a If there was a nappy collection service in place do you feel confident that you could manage with the wheeled bin you have for the rest of your non-recyclable waste every three weeks Five of the 139 respondents who answered Q6 chose not to answer this follow up question leaving 134 responses The results showed that 60 were not convinced or confident that they would be able to manage with their current bin and an extra nappy collection service 40 felt they would be able to manage with six householders also happy to consider swapping back from a 240litre bin to the standard 180litre bin
Answer Count Percentage
Yes that would be fine 48 36
Yes and swap back to 180litre bin
6 4
No 80 60
Total 134 100
Finally the same respondents (families with 2 or more children in nappies) were asked one more question
0
20
40
60
80
100
Yes No
70
30
Chart Title
Q6b If the nappy service isnrsquot deemed viable for Powys then we are considering the following Which would be the best option for your household
Option Count
180litre now + roll of purple sacks 6
Swap from 180litre to 240litre bin 42
240litre now + roll of purple sacks 24
240litre bin now + 120litre bin 47
Total 119
119 families answered this final question As was the case for the larger families the preference for those with a 180litre bin was clearly to move to a 240litre wheeled bin instead Those families who were already on the larger bin were more likely to want an extra 120litre bin if there were no nappy collection scheme on offer but 24 did say theyrsquod prefer a roll of purple sacks instead Q7 For households where someone has incontinence waste or similar eg incontinence pads or colostomy bags you may have either a 180litre (standard size) or a 240litre (larger size) wheeled bin When we go three weekly wersquod like to be able to offer a free incontinence wastenappy collection scheme (frequency to be agreed but likely to be weekly or fortnightly) This would allow you to dispose of some of your waste and free up space in your wheeled bin for the rest of your non-recyclable waste (This scheme would not include colostomy bags) Would this help 106 residents stated they had incontinence waste to dispose of However only 85 choose to answer this first specific question about the proposals around three weekly collections 56 were interested in a free service whilst 29 were not
The same respondents were then asked a similar question as those families with children in nappies
56
29
Interest in incontinence collection scheme
Yes No
Q7a If there was a collection service in place do you feel confident that you could manage with the wheeled bin you have for the rest of your non-recyclable waste every three weeks One more person choose to answer this question so 86 respondents gave a view The results showed that 50 were not convinced or confident that they would be able to manage but 50 did Looking at the 50 who felt confident 10 of these residents said they were happy to consider swapping back from their current 240litre bin to the standard 180litre bin
Answer Count Percentage
Yes that would be fine 34 40
Yes and swap back to 180litre bin
9 10
No 43 50
Total 86 100
Q7b If the service isnrsquot deemed viable then we are considering the following Which would be the best option for your household 81 out of the 86 respondents who had answered the previous question gave a view on what might work best for them Again there appears to be a preference by residents for an extra bin rather than purple sacks
Option Count
180litre now + roll of purple sacks 13
Swap from 180litre to 240litre bin 28
240litre now + roll of purple sacks 13
240litre bin now + 120litre bin 27
Total 81
Q8 For households who opted for a 120litre bin there is an option to swap to a bigger 180litre bin or to stay as you are if you felt you didnrsquot have much non-recyclable waste to dispose of Which would be your preferred option 157 residents had identified themselves as having a 120litre bin which is the smallest wheeled bin available 144 answered this question 57 were happy to stay on the 120litre bin they had already compared to 43 who wanted to swap to a 180litre bin when the council moved to a three weekly collection
Answer Count Percentage
Stick with the 120litre bin 82
Swap to a 180 litre bin 62
Total 144
Q10 Having considered your household situation and the plans being put forward do you have any major concerns about a change to a three weekly rubbish collection service
Answer Count Percentage
Yes 1358 80
No 336 20
Total 1694 100
This question was asked of all respondents 1694 out of the 1781 respondents answered this question The vast majority (80) had some concerns about the move to a three weekly refuse collection service and these concerns related to a number of issues Residents were asked to give details Q10a The top five concerns were
potential smell of waste after three weeks
vermin
fly tipping
capacity issues re storage andor more boxes
communications and information re- recycling
Q10b What about moving to a monthly rubbish collection service Would
you have any objections if you could store your non-recyclable waste in a
big enough bin
Respondents were given the choice of four answers Two were objecting to a move to four weekly and two were supporting this 1683 responses were received for this question Just under a fifth (19) felt a move to a monthly collection service either now or after the three weekly service had been rolled out for a while would not cause them a problem However 81 did object
Answer Count Percentage
No I wouldnrsquot object It makes sense to go monthly and make the savings now rather than going 3 weekly and then monthly
173 10
No I wouldnrsquot object Irsquod be happy to go three weekly first and then move to a monthly collection over time
145 9
Yes I do object I think expecting households to wait three weeks for a collection is too long ndash savings or no savings Find them elsewhere
626 37
Yes I do object I think our recycling and rubbish collection service are the things that council tax payers can see for their money and going monthly isnrsquot acceptable
739 44
Total 1683 100
Q11 If you have any final comments or suggestions about recyclingrubbish
collections that yoursquod like to make please do so here
Over a thousand comments were received These comments were quite varied and
ranged from residents objecting per se to three weekly collections to some calls for
the council to get much tougher and fine people for not recycling their waste
There were comments that more communications information and advice was
needed to help residents understand what can and canrsquot be recycled and why we are
no longer taking the softer type plastic wrappings or bags This issue about
educating the public and helping them understand more about why certain decisions
are taken and what happens to the waste that goes to be recycled also came up in
the focus groups held in Presteigne in particular
There were some concerns about the potential smell of waste left for three weeks in
a wheeled bin ndash in particular things like pet waste nappies sanitary waste and dog
faeces which is generally put into wheeled bins There were also concerns about
flytipping
Some respondents called for the council to lobby the Welsh and Westminster
governmentrsquos about the cuts to funding and also to lobby and put pressure onto
manufacturers who produce a lot of unnecessary packaging
Other Responses
A further 20+ comments were received from residents via their local councillor from
a town and community council on behalf of their residents or from residents who
either emailed the council via the generic web site or a direct email address or who
rang to speak to an officer
These comments were all logged and analysed The majority resonated with the
views and concerns given by the wider sample and included comments on flytipping
health rats the impact on more urban towns confusion re a 3 weekly collection
cycle lack of garden waste collection storage and space issues operatives role in
keeping streets clean post a collection and comments regarding council tax and
value for money One resident suggested we consider electricity generation as in a
waste to energy plant and another request was made around better promotion and
communications regarding the whole reduce reuse and recycle ethos
Focus Groups
Some focus groups were also held in Presteige and Ystradgynlais with members of
the countyrsquos citizens panel to find out their views and concerns Presteigne
residents had been part of a Welsh Government project called Zero Waste a few
years ago and the majority had a 120 litre bin or purple sacks Residents in
Ystradgynlais were the first to receive the kerbside recycling service A focus group
for Welshpool was organised but only one person was able to attend so a telephone
interview was conducted instead with this resident The full findings will be included
in the final report but are summed up here
Presteigne focus group members were not overly concerned about moving to a three
weekly service but wanted to see better information advice and communications
around why we did and didnrsquot take certain materials and what residents can and
canrsquot recycle using the kerbside boxes and other outlets like the community recycling
sites and the household waste recycling centres They wanted Powys to promote
and make recycling as easy as possible They thought that the council should
assume people could cope with three weekly unless they stated otherwise and
thought residents should try the new service first and then be assessed if they
couldnrsquot manage with the bin they had They thought more could be done at
community recycling sites to allow residents to take other things there for recycling
Batteries and small electrical products were mentioned
Ystradgynlais focus group members felt it was easy to recycle overall but the boxes
were a bit cumbersome and some wanted more as theirs were full up Crews were
praised There were concerns expressed around communal bins for residents in
flats These were full up very quickly and perhaps used by other residents other than
those living in the flats to dispose of extra waste Storage was an issue for those
living in smaller homes and flats and the issue about getting older and putting out
heavy bins and boxes was expressed People felt they were happy to do their bit to
recycle but some families would struggle and need help and extra capacity
The telephone conversation with the Welshpool resident was based around the
difficulties faced by those living in a rural setting and the use of purple sacks and
communal collection points The gentleman had suggestions around better
communications and using the refuse crews to deliver regular flyers and information
to assist residents with their recycling
Conclusions
The purpose of the consultation was to seek and capture views from residents about
how easy they found it to recycle certain items of their household waste currently using the kerbside service (glass cardboard paper certain plastics and food)
how full up their wheeled bin was currently when due a fortnightly collection
what if any concerns they may have about a move to a three weekly refuse collection service
how the council might be able to mitigate for certain households who are more likely to produce more waste based on their personal circumstances (large families residents with incontinence waste to dispose of etc
The feedback received from the consultation will help the service
Understand what concerns households have regarding both the recycling and refuse collection service
Work to address said concerns wherever possible through targeted support and visits to householders who want some help or advice clear generic communications and information via the website posters letters and publicity
A note about market research and consultations
When conducting market research companies use a margin of error and confidence level to ensure that their results are robust and representative of the population they are seeking views from (the population of interest) A consultation however isnrsquot market research as people choose to respond and are not contacted using a sampling methodology People self-select so sometimes when conducting a consultation you only hear the views of the people who are either strongly in favour or strongly object to a proposal The silent majority may not have given a view However when we analyse any consultation results we do consider how robust they are in terms of the population of interest Powys has around 60000 households and a population of around 130000 Every household has the refuse collection and recycling service in one form or another so the population of interest is 60000 To get a robust and representative view of the population as a whole - using an market industry calculator ndash we needed over a thousand households to respond to the survey With 1781 householders responding minus the two Town and Community councils (1779) we can be 95 confident that the views given represent those of Powys households as a whole within a margin of error of 3 This means that as in question 3 where we ask people how easy they find it to recycle and 34 state ldquovery easyrdquo we can be sure that if we repeated the survey the results would be between the range of 31 and 37 When conducting consultation exercise Powys County Council works to the National Principles for Public Engagement in Wales httpwwwparticipationcymruorguknational-principles
Answer Count Percentage
Avid recyclers who separate everything we can wash it and put it the boxes provided
863 50
A household that does their bit and recycles the vast majority of waste but slips up sometimes and could do a bit more
691 40
A household that recycles some items of waste but not others as itrsquos too much efforttime consuming
107 6
A household that puts everything in their wheeled bin or purple sack ndash wersquove not got time to recycle everything and canrsquot be bothered to do so
7 Less than 1 (04)
A household that feels we pay our council tax and thus shouldnrsquot have to recycle it as well Thatrsquos the councilrsquos job
48 3
BASE (those that answered the question)
1716 100
No answer 65
Total sample 1781
Q4 On average how full would you say your wheeled bin is currently when you are due a collection
Answer Count Percentage
A quarter full (25) 104 7
Half full (50) 155 11
Series1
0
200
400
600
800
Avid recyclersDo my bit
Wheeled binCouncils role
691
1077
48
Recycling Type
Three quarters full (75) 235 17
Full up (100) 916 65
BASE 1410 100
No answer 371
Total sample 1781
The table above shows that nearly two thirds of respondents said that their wheeled bin was currently full up when they were due a collection Just under a fifth said their bin was three quarters full Interestingly when you look at the total number of respondents per household type against those that said their bin was full up on collection day it is clear that the vast majority fall into either the large family or the families with two or more children in nappies categories In the table on the next page 100 out of the 108 large families who answered the survey (93) stated their wheeled bin was full up when due a collection on the current fortnightly service whilst 131 out of the 147 families who had two or more children in nappies (89) said their bin was full up too This shows a clear need for additional capacity when the council moves to three weekly collections for these particular households Similarly 80 of residents who have incontinence waste to dispose of were in the same situation Conversely only around a third of householders (38) who chose to have the smallest wheeled bin possible (the 120litre size) said theirs was full up once a fortnight suggesting that their non-recyclable waste must be very minimal For those who had a standard size 180 litre capacity wheeled bin 58 said it was full
HouseholdBin type Total no of responses
Number who felt their bin was 100 full when due a collection
Large family 108 100
2+ more children in nappies 147 131
Incontinence waste to dispose of 106 85
120 litre bin (small wheeled bin) 157 59
180 litre bin (standard size) 928 539
Total number of households who identified themselves into the categories given
1446 914
The chart here shows where respondents with a 120 litre bin live
Note Residents with purple sacks were not asked this question but a similar question to try and gauge how many bags they were putting out on a fortnightly basis This explains why the total figure given in the chart is 1446 as 197 residents stated they were on purple sacks and the remainder (138) didnrsquot choose a category ndash they chose lsquootherrsquo to describe their household
Q4a When we go to a three weekly rubbish collection do you think yoursquoll be able to manage with the bin yoursquove got
Answer Count Percentage
Yes 263 19
Not sure 217 15
No 924 66
BASE 1404 100
No answer 377
Total sample 1781
In total 1404 respondents out of a possible 1446 who had stated their household type and thus had a wheeled bin of some description answered this follow up question about whether they thought they could manage with the bin they had when the council moved to a three weekly service The table above shows that just under 20 (a fifth) thought they would manage 15 were not sure at this stage and two thirds or 66 didnrsquot think they could manage with their current wheeled bin Not surprisingly 818 of the 924 respondents shown in the above table had stated that their bin was currently full up when they were due a fortnightly collection On this basis itrsquos not surprising that they would feel that there was no more room in their bin for another weekrsquos worth of waste and thus wouldnrsquot manage Again the results showed that predominantly those feeling they
1910
27
3 1 6 3 5 3 1 2 5 1 19
224 4 2
10 11 7 1
157
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
12
0 li
tre
bin
byhellip
LD1
LD2
LD3
LD4
LD5
LD6
LD7
LD8
HR
3
HR
5
NP
8
SA9
SA1
0
SY1
0
SY1
5
SY1
6
SY1
7
SY1
8
SY1
9
SY2
0
SY2
1
SY2
2
No
po
stco
de
Tota
l
Respondents with a 120 litre bin by postcode
wouldnrsquot cope were large families families with children in nappies and those with incontinence waste to dispose of However 473 residents who currently have a standard 180litre bin also felt they wouldnrsquot be able to cope Interestingly there were five respondents who although theyrsquod stated that their 180litre bin was full up when due a collection in the previous question had perhaps reconsidered what they recycled and what they put in their wheeled bin currently because they answered lsquoyesrsquo they would manage on a three weekly cycle No other resident type who had stated their wheeled bin was already full had done so although 55 residents with a 180 litre bin had chosen lsquonot surersquo as their option suggesting that they would reserve judgement and see how a three weekly service worked for them in practice Q4b On average how many purple sacks do you put out currently on the fortnightly service 197 respondents identified themselves as being on purple sacks rather than having a wheeled bin There are a number of reasons why householders are either given or request this alternative provision Predominantly it can be because they donrsquot have space for a wheeled bin they live in a flat they live on a steep incline so a wheeled bin isnrsquot suitable or they live in a rural setting and have a shared residual waste collection point (for some people this can be down a track so in essence itrsquos not possible for a refuse lorry to get down to a property and equally residents wouldnrsquot want to attempt to wheel a bin up to said collection point
As can be seen in the bar chart above the vast majority of the 197 respondents put out just or two bags a fortnight Only 3 people said they tended to put out more than four bags a fortnight
Series10
50
100
150
200
1 2 3 4 4+ No ans Total
72 77
316 3 8
197
No of purple bags put out for collection per fortnight
Q4c When we go three weekly do you think yoursquoll manage as you are doing currently 189 out of the 197 on purple sacks responded to this follow up question with just over a third (37) stating yes they would manage but 63 feeling they wouldnrsquot
The next series of questions focused on the different household types and what the council was considering in terms of mitigations and extra capacity Q5 For large families consisting of six people or more you should currently have either a 180litre (standard size) bin or a 240litre (larger size) wheeled bin When we go three weekly if you couldnrsquot fit all your non-recyclable waste into the bin we are considering the following Please state which you would prefer
Option Count
180litre now + roll of purple sacks 4
Swap from 180litre to 240litre bin 34
240litre now + roll of purple sacks 12
240litre bin now + 120litre bin 52
Total 102
Out of the 108 residents who stated they were a large family 102 answered this question Overall it appears that for residents with a 180 litre bin the preference was to swap to a bigger 240litre bin Equally those that were already on a 240litrre bin would rather have an additional smaller 120litre bin However purple sacks were the preferred choice for some but the numbers were lower Q6 For families with 2 or more children in nappies you may currently have either a 180litre (standard size) bin or a 240litre (larger size) wheeled bin When we go three weekly we are considering a free nappy collection scheme (frequency to be determined but likely to be weekly or fortnightly)
37
63
of respondents on purple sacks
Yes No
which would allow you to dispose of your nappies and free up space in your wheeled bin for the rest of your non-recyclable waste Would this help 147 respondents had stated that they were in the position of having two or more children in nappies currently 139 of them chose to answer this question 70 felt a free and additional nappy collection service would be a help
The same respondents were then asked a follow up question Q6a If there was a nappy collection service in place do you feel confident that you could manage with the wheeled bin you have for the rest of your non-recyclable waste every three weeks Five of the 139 respondents who answered Q6 chose not to answer this follow up question leaving 134 responses The results showed that 60 were not convinced or confident that they would be able to manage with their current bin and an extra nappy collection service 40 felt they would be able to manage with six householders also happy to consider swapping back from a 240litre bin to the standard 180litre bin
Answer Count Percentage
Yes that would be fine 48 36
Yes and swap back to 180litre bin
6 4
No 80 60
Total 134 100
Finally the same respondents (families with 2 or more children in nappies) were asked one more question
0
20
40
60
80
100
Yes No
70
30
Chart Title
Q6b If the nappy service isnrsquot deemed viable for Powys then we are considering the following Which would be the best option for your household
Option Count
180litre now + roll of purple sacks 6
Swap from 180litre to 240litre bin 42
240litre now + roll of purple sacks 24
240litre bin now + 120litre bin 47
Total 119
119 families answered this final question As was the case for the larger families the preference for those with a 180litre bin was clearly to move to a 240litre wheeled bin instead Those families who were already on the larger bin were more likely to want an extra 120litre bin if there were no nappy collection scheme on offer but 24 did say theyrsquod prefer a roll of purple sacks instead Q7 For households where someone has incontinence waste or similar eg incontinence pads or colostomy bags you may have either a 180litre (standard size) or a 240litre (larger size) wheeled bin When we go three weekly wersquod like to be able to offer a free incontinence wastenappy collection scheme (frequency to be agreed but likely to be weekly or fortnightly) This would allow you to dispose of some of your waste and free up space in your wheeled bin for the rest of your non-recyclable waste (This scheme would not include colostomy bags) Would this help 106 residents stated they had incontinence waste to dispose of However only 85 choose to answer this first specific question about the proposals around three weekly collections 56 were interested in a free service whilst 29 were not
The same respondents were then asked a similar question as those families with children in nappies
56
29
Interest in incontinence collection scheme
Yes No
Q7a If there was a collection service in place do you feel confident that you could manage with the wheeled bin you have for the rest of your non-recyclable waste every three weeks One more person choose to answer this question so 86 respondents gave a view The results showed that 50 were not convinced or confident that they would be able to manage but 50 did Looking at the 50 who felt confident 10 of these residents said they were happy to consider swapping back from their current 240litre bin to the standard 180litre bin
Answer Count Percentage
Yes that would be fine 34 40
Yes and swap back to 180litre bin
9 10
No 43 50
Total 86 100
Q7b If the service isnrsquot deemed viable then we are considering the following Which would be the best option for your household 81 out of the 86 respondents who had answered the previous question gave a view on what might work best for them Again there appears to be a preference by residents for an extra bin rather than purple sacks
Option Count
180litre now + roll of purple sacks 13
Swap from 180litre to 240litre bin 28
240litre now + roll of purple sacks 13
240litre bin now + 120litre bin 27
Total 81
Q8 For households who opted for a 120litre bin there is an option to swap to a bigger 180litre bin or to stay as you are if you felt you didnrsquot have much non-recyclable waste to dispose of Which would be your preferred option 157 residents had identified themselves as having a 120litre bin which is the smallest wheeled bin available 144 answered this question 57 were happy to stay on the 120litre bin they had already compared to 43 who wanted to swap to a 180litre bin when the council moved to a three weekly collection
Answer Count Percentage
Stick with the 120litre bin 82
Swap to a 180 litre bin 62
Total 144
Q10 Having considered your household situation and the plans being put forward do you have any major concerns about a change to a three weekly rubbish collection service
Answer Count Percentage
Yes 1358 80
No 336 20
Total 1694 100
This question was asked of all respondents 1694 out of the 1781 respondents answered this question The vast majority (80) had some concerns about the move to a three weekly refuse collection service and these concerns related to a number of issues Residents were asked to give details Q10a The top five concerns were
potential smell of waste after three weeks
vermin
fly tipping
capacity issues re storage andor more boxes
communications and information re- recycling
Q10b What about moving to a monthly rubbish collection service Would
you have any objections if you could store your non-recyclable waste in a
big enough bin
Respondents were given the choice of four answers Two were objecting to a move to four weekly and two were supporting this 1683 responses were received for this question Just under a fifth (19) felt a move to a monthly collection service either now or after the three weekly service had been rolled out for a while would not cause them a problem However 81 did object
Answer Count Percentage
No I wouldnrsquot object It makes sense to go monthly and make the savings now rather than going 3 weekly and then monthly
173 10
No I wouldnrsquot object Irsquod be happy to go three weekly first and then move to a monthly collection over time
145 9
Yes I do object I think expecting households to wait three weeks for a collection is too long ndash savings or no savings Find them elsewhere
626 37
Yes I do object I think our recycling and rubbish collection service are the things that council tax payers can see for their money and going monthly isnrsquot acceptable
739 44
Total 1683 100
Q11 If you have any final comments or suggestions about recyclingrubbish
collections that yoursquod like to make please do so here
Over a thousand comments were received These comments were quite varied and
ranged from residents objecting per se to three weekly collections to some calls for
the council to get much tougher and fine people for not recycling their waste
There were comments that more communications information and advice was
needed to help residents understand what can and canrsquot be recycled and why we are
no longer taking the softer type plastic wrappings or bags This issue about
educating the public and helping them understand more about why certain decisions
are taken and what happens to the waste that goes to be recycled also came up in
the focus groups held in Presteigne in particular
There were some concerns about the potential smell of waste left for three weeks in
a wheeled bin ndash in particular things like pet waste nappies sanitary waste and dog
faeces which is generally put into wheeled bins There were also concerns about
flytipping
Some respondents called for the council to lobby the Welsh and Westminster
governmentrsquos about the cuts to funding and also to lobby and put pressure onto
manufacturers who produce a lot of unnecessary packaging
Other Responses
A further 20+ comments were received from residents via their local councillor from
a town and community council on behalf of their residents or from residents who
either emailed the council via the generic web site or a direct email address or who
rang to speak to an officer
These comments were all logged and analysed The majority resonated with the
views and concerns given by the wider sample and included comments on flytipping
health rats the impact on more urban towns confusion re a 3 weekly collection
cycle lack of garden waste collection storage and space issues operatives role in
keeping streets clean post a collection and comments regarding council tax and
value for money One resident suggested we consider electricity generation as in a
waste to energy plant and another request was made around better promotion and
communications regarding the whole reduce reuse and recycle ethos
Focus Groups
Some focus groups were also held in Presteige and Ystradgynlais with members of
the countyrsquos citizens panel to find out their views and concerns Presteigne
residents had been part of a Welsh Government project called Zero Waste a few
years ago and the majority had a 120 litre bin or purple sacks Residents in
Ystradgynlais were the first to receive the kerbside recycling service A focus group
for Welshpool was organised but only one person was able to attend so a telephone
interview was conducted instead with this resident The full findings will be included
in the final report but are summed up here
Presteigne focus group members were not overly concerned about moving to a three
weekly service but wanted to see better information advice and communications
around why we did and didnrsquot take certain materials and what residents can and
canrsquot recycle using the kerbside boxes and other outlets like the community recycling
sites and the household waste recycling centres They wanted Powys to promote
and make recycling as easy as possible They thought that the council should
assume people could cope with three weekly unless they stated otherwise and
thought residents should try the new service first and then be assessed if they
couldnrsquot manage with the bin they had They thought more could be done at
community recycling sites to allow residents to take other things there for recycling
Batteries and small electrical products were mentioned
Ystradgynlais focus group members felt it was easy to recycle overall but the boxes
were a bit cumbersome and some wanted more as theirs were full up Crews were
praised There were concerns expressed around communal bins for residents in
flats These were full up very quickly and perhaps used by other residents other than
those living in the flats to dispose of extra waste Storage was an issue for those
living in smaller homes and flats and the issue about getting older and putting out
heavy bins and boxes was expressed People felt they were happy to do their bit to
recycle but some families would struggle and need help and extra capacity
The telephone conversation with the Welshpool resident was based around the
difficulties faced by those living in a rural setting and the use of purple sacks and
communal collection points The gentleman had suggestions around better
communications and using the refuse crews to deliver regular flyers and information
to assist residents with their recycling
Conclusions
The purpose of the consultation was to seek and capture views from residents about
how easy they found it to recycle certain items of their household waste currently using the kerbside service (glass cardboard paper certain plastics and food)
how full up their wheeled bin was currently when due a fortnightly collection
what if any concerns they may have about a move to a three weekly refuse collection service
how the council might be able to mitigate for certain households who are more likely to produce more waste based on their personal circumstances (large families residents with incontinence waste to dispose of etc
The feedback received from the consultation will help the service
Understand what concerns households have regarding both the recycling and refuse collection service
Work to address said concerns wherever possible through targeted support and visits to householders who want some help or advice clear generic communications and information via the website posters letters and publicity
A note about market research and consultations
When conducting market research companies use a margin of error and confidence level to ensure that their results are robust and representative of the population they are seeking views from (the population of interest) A consultation however isnrsquot market research as people choose to respond and are not contacted using a sampling methodology People self-select so sometimes when conducting a consultation you only hear the views of the people who are either strongly in favour or strongly object to a proposal The silent majority may not have given a view However when we analyse any consultation results we do consider how robust they are in terms of the population of interest Powys has around 60000 households and a population of around 130000 Every household has the refuse collection and recycling service in one form or another so the population of interest is 60000 To get a robust and representative view of the population as a whole - using an market industry calculator ndash we needed over a thousand households to respond to the survey With 1781 householders responding minus the two Town and Community councils (1779) we can be 95 confident that the views given represent those of Powys households as a whole within a margin of error of 3 This means that as in question 3 where we ask people how easy they find it to recycle and 34 state ldquovery easyrdquo we can be sure that if we repeated the survey the results would be between the range of 31 and 37 When conducting consultation exercise Powys County Council works to the National Principles for Public Engagement in Wales httpwwwparticipationcymruorguknational-principles
Three quarters full (75) 235 17
Full up (100) 916 65
BASE 1410 100
No answer 371
Total sample 1781
The table above shows that nearly two thirds of respondents said that their wheeled bin was currently full up when they were due a collection Just under a fifth said their bin was three quarters full Interestingly when you look at the total number of respondents per household type against those that said their bin was full up on collection day it is clear that the vast majority fall into either the large family or the families with two or more children in nappies categories In the table on the next page 100 out of the 108 large families who answered the survey (93) stated their wheeled bin was full up when due a collection on the current fortnightly service whilst 131 out of the 147 families who had two or more children in nappies (89) said their bin was full up too This shows a clear need for additional capacity when the council moves to three weekly collections for these particular households Similarly 80 of residents who have incontinence waste to dispose of were in the same situation Conversely only around a third of householders (38) who chose to have the smallest wheeled bin possible (the 120litre size) said theirs was full up once a fortnight suggesting that their non-recyclable waste must be very minimal For those who had a standard size 180 litre capacity wheeled bin 58 said it was full
HouseholdBin type Total no of responses
Number who felt their bin was 100 full when due a collection
Large family 108 100
2+ more children in nappies 147 131
Incontinence waste to dispose of 106 85
120 litre bin (small wheeled bin) 157 59
180 litre bin (standard size) 928 539
Total number of households who identified themselves into the categories given
1446 914
The chart here shows where respondents with a 120 litre bin live
Note Residents with purple sacks were not asked this question but a similar question to try and gauge how many bags they were putting out on a fortnightly basis This explains why the total figure given in the chart is 1446 as 197 residents stated they were on purple sacks and the remainder (138) didnrsquot choose a category ndash they chose lsquootherrsquo to describe their household
Q4a When we go to a three weekly rubbish collection do you think yoursquoll be able to manage with the bin yoursquove got
Answer Count Percentage
Yes 263 19
Not sure 217 15
No 924 66
BASE 1404 100
No answer 377
Total sample 1781
In total 1404 respondents out of a possible 1446 who had stated their household type and thus had a wheeled bin of some description answered this follow up question about whether they thought they could manage with the bin they had when the council moved to a three weekly service The table above shows that just under 20 (a fifth) thought they would manage 15 were not sure at this stage and two thirds or 66 didnrsquot think they could manage with their current wheeled bin Not surprisingly 818 of the 924 respondents shown in the above table had stated that their bin was currently full up when they were due a fortnightly collection On this basis itrsquos not surprising that they would feel that there was no more room in their bin for another weekrsquos worth of waste and thus wouldnrsquot manage Again the results showed that predominantly those feeling they
1910
27
3 1 6 3 5 3 1 2 5 1 19
224 4 2
10 11 7 1
157
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
12
0 li
tre
bin
byhellip
LD1
LD2
LD3
LD4
LD5
LD6
LD7
LD8
HR
3
HR
5
NP
8
SA9
SA1
0
SY1
0
SY1
5
SY1
6
SY1
7
SY1
8
SY1
9
SY2
0
SY2
1
SY2
2
No
po
stco
de
Tota
l
Respondents with a 120 litre bin by postcode
wouldnrsquot cope were large families families with children in nappies and those with incontinence waste to dispose of However 473 residents who currently have a standard 180litre bin also felt they wouldnrsquot be able to cope Interestingly there were five respondents who although theyrsquod stated that their 180litre bin was full up when due a collection in the previous question had perhaps reconsidered what they recycled and what they put in their wheeled bin currently because they answered lsquoyesrsquo they would manage on a three weekly cycle No other resident type who had stated their wheeled bin was already full had done so although 55 residents with a 180 litre bin had chosen lsquonot surersquo as their option suggesting that they would reserve judgement and see how a three weekly service worked for them in practice Q4b On average how many purple sacks do you put out currently on the fortnightly service 197 respondents identified themselves as being on purple sacks rather than having a wheeled bin There are a number of reasons why householders are either given or request this alternative provision Predominantly it can be because they donrsquot have space for a wheeled bin they live in a flat they live on a steep incline so a wheeled bin isnrsquot suitable or they live in a rural setting and have a shared residual waste collection point (for some people this can be down a track so in essence itrsquos not possible for a refuse lorry to get down to a property and equally residents wouldnrsquot want to attempt to wheel a bin up to said collection point
As can be seen in the bar chart above the vast majority of the 197 respondents put out just or two bags a fortnight Only 3 people said they tended to put out more than four bags a fortnight
Series10
50
100
150
200
1 2 3 4 4+ No ans Total
72 77
316 3 8
197
No of purple bags put out for collection per fortnight
Q4c When we go three weekly do you think yoursquoll manage as you are doing currently 189 out of the 197 on purple sacks responded to this follow up question with just over a third (37) stating yes they would manage but 63 feeling they wouldnrsquot
The next series of questions focused on the different household types and what the council was considering in terms of mitigations and extra capacity Q5 For large families consisting of six people or more you should currently have either a 180litre (standard size) bin or a 240litre (larger size) wheeled bin When we go three weekly if you couldnrsquot fit all your non-recyclable waste into the bin we are considering the following Please state which you would prefer
Option Count
180litre now + roll of purple sacks 4
Swap from 180litre to 240litre bin 34
240litre now + roll of purple sacks 12
240litre bin now + 120litre bin 52
Total 102
Out of the 108 residents who stated they were a large family 102 answered this question Overall it appears that for residents with a 180 litre bin the preference was to swap to a bigger 240litre bin Equally those that were already on a 240litrre bin would rather have an additional smaller 120litre bin However purple sacks were the preferred choice for some but the numbers were lower Q6 For families with 2 or more children in nappies you may currently have either a 180litre (standard size) bin or a 240litre (larger size) wheeled bin When we go three weekly we are considering a free nappy collection scheme (frequency to be determined but likely to be weekly or fortnightly)
37
63
of respondents on purple sacks
Yes No
which would allow you to dispose of your nappies and free up space in your wheeled bin for the rest of your non-recyclable waste Would this help 147 respondents had stated that they were in the position of having two or more children in nappies currently 139 of them chose to answer this question 70 felt a free and additional nappy collection service would be a help
The same respondents were then asked a follow up question Q6a If there was a nappy collection service in place do you feel confident that you could manage with the wheeled bin you have for the rest of your non-recyclable waste every three weeks Five of the 139 respondents who answered Q6 chose not to answer this follow up question leaving 134 responses The results showed that 60 were not convinced or confident that they would be able to manage with their current bin and an extra nappy collection service 40 felt they would be able to manage with six householders also happy to consider swapping back from a 240litre bin to the standard 180litre bin
Answer Count Percentage
Yes that would be fine 48 36
Yes and swap back to 180litre bin
6 4
No 80 60
Total 134 100
Finally the same respondents (families with 2 or more children in nappies) were asked one more question
0
20
40
60
80
100
Yes No
70
30
Chart Title
Q6b If the nappy service isnrsquot deemed viable for Powys then we are considering the following Which would be the best option for your household
Option Count
180litre now + roll of purple sacks 6
Swap from 180litre to 240litre bin 42
240litre now + roll of purple sacks 24
240litre bin now + 120litre bin 47
Total 119
119 families answered this final question As was the case for the larger families the preference for those with a 180litre bin was clearly to move to a 240litre wheeled bin instead Those families who were already on the larger bin were more likely to want an extra 120litre bin if there were no nappy collection scheme on offer but 24 did say theyrsquod prefer a roll of purple sacks instead Q7 For households where someone has incontinence waste or similar eg incontinence pads or colostomy bags you may have either a 180litre (standard size) or a 240litre (larger size) wheeled bin When we go three weekly wersquod like to be able to offer a free incontinence wastenappy collection scheme (frequency to be agreed but likely to be weekly or fortnightly) This would allow you to dispose of some of your waste and free up space in your wheeled bin for the rest of your non-recyclable waste (This scheme would not include colostomy bags) Would this help 106 residents stated they had incontinence waste to dispose of However only 85 choose to answer this first specific question about the proposals around three weekly collections 56 were interested in a free service whilst 29 were not
The same respondents were then asked a similar question as those families with children in nappies
56
29
Interest in incontinence collection scheme
Yes No
Q7a If there was a collection service in place do you feel confident that you could manage with the wheeled bin you have for the rest of your non-recyclable waste every three weeks One more person choose to answer this question so 86 respondents gave a view The results showed that 50 were not convinced or confident that they would be able to manage but 50 did Looking at the 50 who felt confident 10 of these residents said they were happy to consider swapping back from their current 240litre bin to the standard 180litre bin
Answer Count Percentage
Yes that would be fine 34 40
Yes and swap back to 180litre bin
9 10
No 43 50
Total 86 100
Q7b If the service isnrsquot deemed viable then we are considering the following Which would be the best option for your household 81 out of the 86 respondents who had answered the previous question gave a view on what might work best for them Again there appears to be a preference by residents for an extra bin rather than purple sacks
Option Count
180litre now + roll of purple sacks 13
Swap from 180litre to 240litre bin 28
240litre now + roll of purple sacks 13
240litre bin now + 120litre bin 27
Total 81
Q8 For households who opted for a 120litre bin there is an option to swap to a bigger 180litre bin or to stay as you are if you felt you didnrsquot have much non-recyclable waste to dispose of Which would be your preferred option 157 residents had identified themselves as having a 120litre bin which is the smallest wheeled bin available 144 answered this question 57 were happy to stay on the 120litre bin they had already compared to 43 who wanted to swap to a 180litre bin when the council moved to a three weekly collection
Answer Count Percentage
Stick with the 120litre bin 82
Swap to a 180 litre bin 62
Total 144
Q10 Having considered your household situation and the plans being put forward do you have any major concerns about a change to a three weekly rubbish collection service
Answer Count Percentage
Yes 1358 80
No 336 20
Total 1694 100
This question was asked of all respondents 1694 out of the 1781 respondents answered this question The vast majority (80) had some concerns about the move to a three weekly refuse collection service and these concerns related to a number of issues Residents were asked to give details Q10a The top five concerns were
potential smell of waste after three weeks
vermin
fly tipping
capacity issues re storage andor more boxes
communications and information re- recycling
Q10b What about moving to a monthly rubbish collection service Would
you have any objections if you could store your non-recyclable waste in a
big enough bin
Respondents were given the choice of four answers Two were objecting to a move to four weekly and two were supporting this 1683 responses were received for this question Just under a fifth (19) felt a move to a monthly collection service either now or after the three weekly service had been rolled out for a while would not cause them a problem However 81 did object
Answer Count Percentage
No I wouldnrsquot object It makes sense to go monthly and make the savings now rather than going 3 weekly and then monthly
173 10
No I wouldnrsquot object Irsquod be happy to go three weekly first and then move to a monthly collection over time
145 9
Yes I do object I think expecting households to wait three weeks for a collection is too long ndash savings or no savings Find them elsewhere
626 37
Yes I do object I think our recycling and rubbish collection service are the things that council tax payers can see for their money and going monthly isnrsquot acceptable
739 44
Total 1683 100
Q11 If you have any final comments or suggestions about recyclingrubbish
collections that yoursquod like to make please do so here
Over a thousand comments were received These comments were quite varied and
ranged from residents objecting per se to three weekly collections to some calls for
the council to get much tougher and fine people for not recycling their waste
There were comments that more communications information and advice was
needed to help residents understand what can and canrsquot be recycled and why we are
no longer taking the softer type plastic wrappings or bags This issue about
educating the public and helping them understand more about why certain decisions
are taken and what happens to the waste that goes to be recycled also came up in
the focus groups held in Presteigne in particular
There were some concerns about the potential smell of waste left for three weeks in
a wheeled bin ndash in particular things like pet waste nappies sanitary waste and dog
faeces which is generally put into wheeled bins There were also concerns about
flytipping
Some respondents called for the council to lobby the Welsh and Westminster
governmentrsquos about the cuts to funding and also to lobby and put pressure onto
manufacturers who produce a lot of unnecessary packaging
Other Responses
A further 20+ comments were received from residents via their local councillor from
a town and community council on behalf of their residents or from residents who
either emailed the council via the generic web site or a direct email address or who
rang to speak to an officer
These comments were all logged and analysed The majority resonated with the
views and concerns given by the wider sample and included comments on flytipping
health rats the impact on more urban towns confusion re a 3 weekly collection
cycle lack of garden waste collection storage and space issues operatives role in
keeping streets clean post a collection and comments regarding council tax and
value for money One resident suggested we consider electricity generation as in a
waste to energy plant and another request was made around better promotion and
communications regarding the whole reduce reuse and recycle ethos
Focus Groups
Some focus groups were also held in Presteige and Ystradgynlais with members of
the countyrsquos citizens panel to find out their views and concerns Presteigne
residents had been part of a Welsh Government project called Zero Waste a few
years ago and the majority had a 120 litre bin or purple sacks Residents in
Ystradgynlais were the first to receive the kerbside recycling service A focus group
for Welshpool was organised but only one person was able to attend so a telephone
interview was conducted instead with this resident The full findings will be included
in the final report but are summed up here
Presteigne focus group members were not overly concerned about moving to a three
weekly service but wanted to see better information advice and communications
around why we did and didnrsquot take certain materials and what residents can and
canrsquot recycle using the kerbside boxes and other outlets like the community recycling
sites and the household waste recycling centres They wanted Powys to promote
and make recycling as easy as possible They thought that the council should
assume people could cope with three weekly unless they stated otherwise and
thought residents should try the new service first and then be assessed if they
couldnrsquot manage with the bin they had They thought more could be done at
community recycling sites to allow residents to take other things there for recycling
Batteries and small electrical products were mentioned
Ystradgynlais focus group members felt it was easy to recycle overall but the boxes
were a bit cumbersome and some wanted more as theirs were full up Crews were
praised There were concerns expressed around communal bins for residents in
flats These were full up very quickly and perhaps used by other residents other than
those living in the flats to dispose of extra waste Storage was an issue for those
living in smaller homes and flats and the issue about getting older and putting out
heavy bins and boxes was expressed People felt they were happy to do their bit to
recycle but some families would struggle and need help and extra capacity
The telephone conversation with the Welshpool resident was based around the
difficulties faced by those living in a rural setting and the use of purple sacks and
communal collection points The gentleman had suggestions around better
communications and using the refuse crews to deliver regular flyers and information
to assist residents with their recycling
Conclusions
The purpose of the consultation was to seek and capture views from residents about
how easy they found it to recycle certain items of their household waste currently using the kerbside service (glass cardboard paper certain plastics and food)
how full up their wheeled bin was currently when due a fortnightly collection
what if any concerns they may have about a move to a three weekly refuse collection service
how the council might be able to mitigate for certain households who are more likely to produce more waste based on their personal circumstances (large families residents with incontinence waste to dispose of etc
The feedback received from the consultation will help the service
Understand what concerns households have regarding both the recycling and refuse collection service
Work to address said concerns wherever possible through targeted support and visits to householders who want some help or advice clear generic communications and information via the website posters letters and publicity
A note about market research and consultations
When conducting market research companies use a margin of error and confidence level to ensure that their results are robust and representative of the population they are seeking views from (the population of interest) A consultation however isnrsquot market research as people choose to respond and are not contacted using a sampling methodology People self-select so sometimes when conducting a consultation you only hear the views of the people who are either strongly in favour or strongly object to a proposal The silent majority may not have given a view However when we analyse any consultation results we do consider how robust they are in terms of the population of interest Powys has around 60000 households and a population of around 130000 Every household has the refuse collection and recycling service in one form or another so the population of interest is 60000 To get a robust and representative view of the population as a whole - using an market industry calculator ndash we needed over a thousand households to respond to the survey With 1781 householders responding minus the two Town and Community councils (1779) we can be 95 confident that the views given represent those of Powys households as a whole within a margin of error of 3 This means that as in question 3 where we ask people how easy they find it to recycle and 34 state ldquovery easyrdquo we can be sure that if we repeated the survey the results would be between the range of 31 and 37 When conducting consultation exercise Powys County Council works to the National Principles for Public Engagement in Wales httpwwwparticipationcymruorguknational-principles
The chart here shows where respondents with a 120 litre bin live
Note Residents with purple sacks were not asked this question but a similar question to try and gauge how many bags they were putting out on a fortnightly basis This explains why the total figure given in the chart is 1446 as 197 residents stated they were on purple sacks and the remainder (138) didnrsquot choose a category ndash they chose lsquootherrsquo to describe their household
Q4a When we go to a three weekly rubbish collection do you think yoursquoll be able to manage with the bin yoursquove got
Answer Count Percentage
Yes 263 19
Not sure 217 15
No 924 66
BASE 1404 100
No answer 377
Total sample 1781
In total 1404 respondents out of a possible 1446 who had stated their household type and thus had a wheeled bin of some description answered this follow up question about whether they thought they could manage with the bin they had when the council moved to a three weekly service The table above shows that just under 20 (a fifth) thought they would manage 15 were not sure at this stage and two thirds or 66 didnrsquot think they could manage with their current wheeled bin Not surprisingly 818 of the 924 respondents shown in the above table had stated that their bin was currently full up when they were due a fortnightly collection On this basis itrsquos not surprising that they would feel that there was no more room in their bin for another weekrsquos worth of waste and thus wouldnrsquot manage Again the results showed that predominantly those feeling they
1910
27
3 1 6 3 5 3 1 2 5 1 19
224 4 2
10 11 7 1
157
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
12
0 li
tre
bin
byhellip
LD1
LD2
LD3
LD4
LD5
LD6
LD7
LD8
HR
3
HR
5
NP
8
SA9
SA1
0
SY1
0
SY1
5
SY1
6
SY1
7
SY1
8
SY1
9
SY2
0
SY2
1
SY2
2
No
po
stco
de
Tota
l
Respondents with a 120 litre bin by postcode
wouldnrsquot cope were large families families with children in nappies and those with incontinence waste to dispose of However 473 residents who currently have a standard 180litre bin also felt they wouldnrsquot be able to cope Interestingly there were five respondents who although theyrsquod stated that their 180litre bin was full up when due a collection in the previous question had perhaps reconsidered what they recycled and what they put in their wheeled bin currently because they answered lsquoyesrsquo they would manage on a three weekly cycle No other resident type who had stated their wheeled bin was already full had done so although 55 residents with a 180 litre bin had chosen lsquonot surersquo as their option suggesting that they would reserve judgement and see how a three weekly service worked for them in practice Q4b On average how many purple sacks do you put out currently on the fortnightly service 197 respondents identified themselves as being on purple sacks rather than having a wheeled bin There are a number of reasons why householders are either given or request this alternative provision Predominantly it can be because they donrsquot have space for a wheeled bin they live in a flat they live on a steep incline so a wheeled bin isnrsquot suitable or they live in a rural setting and have a shared residual waste collection point (for some people this can be down a track so in essence itrsquos not possible for a refuse lorry to get down to a property and equally residents wouldnrsquot want to attempt to wheel a bin up to said collection point
As can be seen in the bar chart above the vast majority of the 197 respondents put out just or two bags a fortnight Only 3 people said they tended to put out more than four bags a fortnight
Series10
50
100
150
200
1 2 3 4 4+ No ans Total
72 77
316 3 8
197
No of purple bags put out for collection per fortnight
Q4c When we go three weekly do you think yoursquoll manage as you are doing currently 189 out of the 197 on purple sacks responded to this follow up question with just over a third (37) stating yes they would manage but 63 feeling they wouldnrsquot
The next series of questions focused on the different household types and what the council was considering in terms of mitigations and extra capacity Q5 For large families consisting of six people or more you should currently have either a 180litre (standard size) bin or a 240litre (larger size) wheeled bin When we go three weekly if you couldnrsquot fit all your non-recyclable waste into the bin we are considering the following Please state which you would prefer
Option Count
180litre now + roll of purple sacks 4
Swap from 180litre to 240litre bin 34
240litre now + roll of purple sacks 12
240litre bin now + 120litre bin 52
Total 102
Out of the 108 residents who stated they were a large family 102 answered this question Overall it appears that for residents with a 180 litre bin the preference was to swap to a bigger 240litre bin Equally those that were already on a 240litrre bin would rather have an additional smaller 120litre bin However purple sacks were the preferred choice for some but the numbers were lower Q6 For families with 2 or more children in nappies you may currently have either a 180litre (standard size) bin or a 240litre (larger size) wheeled bin When we go three weekly we are considering a free nappy collection scheme (frequency to be determined but likely to be weekly or fortnightly)
37
63
of respondents on purple sacks
Yes No
which would allow you to dispose of your nappies and free up space in your wheeled bin for the rest of your non-recyclable waste Would this help 147 respondents had stated that they were in the position of having two or more children in nappies currently 139 of them chose to answer this question 70 felt a free and additional nappy collection service would be a help
The same respondents were then asked a follow up question Q6a If there was a nappy collection service in place do you feel confident that you could manage with the wheeled bin you have for the rest of your non-recyclable waste every three weeks Five of the 139 respondents who answered Q6 chose not to answer this follow up question leaving 134 responses The results showed that 60 were not convinced or confident that they would be able to manage with their current bin and an extra nappy collection service 40 felt they would be able to manage with six householders also happy to consider swapping back from a 240litre bin to the standard 180litre bin
Answer Count Percentage
Yes that would be fine 48 36
Yes and swap back to 180litre bin
6 4
No 80 60
Total 134 100
Finally the same respondents (families with 2 or more children in nappies) were asked one more question
0
20
40
60
80
100
Yes No
70
30
Chart Title
Q6b If the nappy service isnrsquot deemed viable for Powys then we are considering the following Which would be the best option for your household
Option Count
180litre now + roll of purple sacks 6
Swap from 180litre to 240litre bin 42
240litre now + roll of purple sacks 24
240litre bin now + 120litre bin 47
Total 119
119 families answered this final question As was the case for the larger families the preference for those with a 180litre bin was clearly to move to a 240litre wheeled bin instead Those families who were already on the larger bin were more likely to want an extra 120litre bin if there were no nappy collection scheme on offer but 24 did say theyrsquod prefer a roll of purple sacks instead Q7 For households where someone has incontinence waste or similar eg incontinence pads or colostomy bags you may have either a 180litre (standard size) or a 240litre (larger size) wheeled bin When we go three weekly wersquod like to be able to offer a free incontinence wastenappy collection scheme (frequency to be agreed but likely to be weekly or fortnightly) This would allow you to dispose of some of your waste and free up space in your wheeled bin for the rest of your non-recyclable waste (This scheme would not include colostomy bags) Would this help 106 residents stated they had incontinence waste to dispose of However only 85 choose to answer this first specific question about the proposals around three weekly collections 56 were interested in a free service whilst 29 were not
The same respondents were then asked a similar question as those families with children in nappies
56
29
Interest in incontinence collection scheme
Yes No
Q7a If there was a collection service in place do you feel confident that you could manage with the wheeled bin you have for the rest of your non-recyclable waste every three weeks One more person choose to answer this question so 86 respondents gave a view The results showed that 50 were not convinced or confident that they would be able to manage but 50 did Looking at the 50 who felt confident 10 of these residents said they were happy to consider swapping back from their current 240litre bin to the standard 180litre bin
Answer Count Percentage
Yes that would be fine 34 40
Yes and swap back to 180litre bin
9 10
No 43 50
Total 86 100
Q7b If the service isnrsquot deemed viable then we are considering the following Which would be the best option for your household 81 out of the 86 respondents who had answered the previous question gave a view on what might work best for them Again there appears to be a preference by residents for an extra bin rather than purple sacks
Option Count
180litre now + roll of purple sacks 13
Swap from 180litre to 240litre bin 28
240litre now + roll of purple sacks 13
240litre bin now + 120litre bin 27
Total 81
Q8 For households who opted for a 120litre bin there is an option to swap to a bigger 180litre bin or to stay as you are if you felt you didnrsquot have much non-recyclable waste to dispose of Which would be your preferred option 157 residents had identified themselves as having a 120litre bin which is the smallest wheeled bin available 144 answered this question 57 were happy to stay on the 120litre bin they had already compared to 43 who wanted to swap to a 180litre bin when the council moved to a three weekly collection
Answer Count Percentage
Stick with the 120litre bin 82
Swap to a 180 litre bin 62
Total 144
Q10 Having considered your household situation and the plans being put forward do you have any major concerns about a change to a three weekly rubbish collection service
Answer Count Percentage
Yes 1358 80
No 336 20
Total 1694 100
This question was asked of all respondents 1694 out of the 1781 respondents answered this question The vast majority (80) had some concerns about the move to a three weekly refuse collection service and these concerns related to a number of issues Residents were asked to give details Q10a The top five concerns were
potential smell of waste after three weeks
vermin
fly tipping
capacity issues re storage andor more boxes
communications and information re- recycling
Q10b What about moving to a monthly rubbish collection service Would
you have any objections if you could store your non-recyclable waste in a
big enough bin
Respondents were given the choice of four answers Two were objecting to a move to four weekly and two were supporting this 1683 responses were received for this question Just under a fifth (19) felt a move to a monthly collection service either now or after the three weekly service had been rolled out for a while would not cause them a problem However 81 did object
Answer Count Percentage
No I wouldnrsquot object It makes sense to go monthly and make the savings now rather than going 3 weekly and then monthly
173 10
No I wouldnrsquot object Irsquod be happy to go three weekly first and then move to a monthly collection over time
145 9
Yes I do object I think expecting households to wait three weeks for a collection is too long ndash savings or no savings Find them elsewhere
626 37
Yes I do object I think our recycling and rubbish collection service are the things that council tax payers can see for their money and going monthly isnrsquot acceptable
739 44
Total 1683 100
Q11 If you have any final comments or suggestions about recyclingrubbish
collections that yoursquod like to make please do so here
Over a thousand comments were received These comments were quite varied and
ranged from residents objecting per se to three weekly collections to some calls for
the council to get much tougher and fine people for not recycling their waste
There were comments that more communications information and advice was
needed to help residents understand what can and canrsquot be recycled and why we are
no longer taking the softer type plastic wrappings or bags This issue about
educating the public and helping them understand more about why certain decisions
are taken and what happens to the waste that goes to be recycled also came up in
the focus groups held in Presteigne in particular
There were some concerns about the potential smell of waste left for three weeks in
a wheeled bin ndash in particular things like pet waste nappies sanitary waste and dog
faeces which is generally put into wheeled bins There were also concerns about
flytipping
Some respondents called for the council to lobby the Welsh and Westminster
governmentrsquos about the cuts to funding and also to lobby and put pressure onto
manufacturers who produce a lot of unnecessary packaging
Other Responses
A further 20+ comments were received from residents via their local councillor from
a town and community council on behalf of their residents or from residents who
either emailed the council via the generic web site or a direct email address or who
rang to speak to an officer
These comments were all logged and analysed The majority resonated with the
views and concerns given by the wider sample and included comments on flytipping
health rats the impact on more urban towns confusion re a 3 weekly collection
cycle lack of garden waste collection storage and space issues operatives role in
keeping streets clean post a collection and comments regarding council tax and
value for money One resident suggested we consider electricity generation as in a
waste to energy plant and another request was made around better promotion and
communications regarding the whole reduce reuse and recycle ethos
Focus Groups
Some focus groups were also held in Presteige and Ystradgynlais with members of
the countyrsquos citizens panel to find out their views and concerns Presteigne
residents had been part of a Welsh Government project called Zero Waste a few
years ago and the majority had a 120 litre bin or purple sacks Residents in
Ystradgynlais were the first to receive the kerbside recycling service A focus group
for Welshpool was organised but only one person was able to attend so a telephone
interview was conducted instead with this resident The full findings will be included
in the final report but are summed up here
Presteigne focus group members were not overly concerned about moving to a three
weekly service but wanted to see better information advice and communications
around why we did and didnrsquot take certain materials and what residents can and
canrsquot recycle using the kerbside boxes and other outlets like the community recycling
sites and the household waste recycling centres They wanted Powys to promote
and make recycling as easy as possible They thought that the council should
assume people could cope with three weekly unless they stated otherwise and
thought residents should try the new service first and then be assessed if they
couldnrsquot manage with the bin they had They thought more could be done at
community recycling sites to allow residents to take other things there for recycling
Batteries and small electrical products were mentioned
Ystradgynlais focus group members felt it was easy to recycle overall but the boxes
were a bit cumbersome and some wanted more as theirs were full up Crews were
praised There were concerns expressed around communal bins for residents in
flats These were full up very quickly and perhaps used by other residents other than
those living in the flats to dispose of extra waste Storage was an issue for those
living in smaller homes and flats and the issue about getting older and putting out
heavy bins and boxes was expressed People felt they were happy to do their bit to
recycle but some families would struggle and need help and extra capacity
The telephone conversation with the Welshpool resident was based around the
difficulties faced by those living in a rural setting and the use of purple sacks and
communal collection points The gentleman had suggestions around better
communications and using the refuse crews to deliver regular flyers and information
to assist residents with their recycling
Conclusions
The purpose of the consultation was to seek and capture views from residents about
how easy they found it to recycle certain items of their household waste currently using the kerbside service (glass cardboard paper certain plastics and food)
how full up their wheeled bin was currently when due a fortnightly collection
what if any concerns they may have about a move to a three weekly refuse collection service
how the council might be able to mitigate for certain households who are more likely to produce more waste based on their personal circumstances (large families residents with incontinence waste to dispose of etc
The feedback received from the consultation will help the service
Understand what concerns households have regarding both the recycling and refuse collection service
Work to address said concerns wherever possible through targeted support and visits to householders who want some help or advice clear generic communications and information via the website posters letters and publicity
A note about market research and consultations
When conducting market research companies use a margin of error and confidence level to ensure that their results are robust and representative of the population they are seeking views from (the population of interest) A consultation however isnrsquot market research as people choose to respond and are not contacted using a sampling methodology People self-select so sometimes when conducting a consultation you only hear the views of the people who are either strongly in favour or strongly object to a proposal The silent majority may not have given a view However when we analyse any consultation results we do consider how robust they are in terms of the population of interest Powys has around 60000 households and a population of around 130000 Every household has the refuse collection and recycling service in one form or another so the population of interest is 60000 To get a robust and representative view of the population as a whole - using an market industry calculator ndash we needed over a thousand households to respond to the survey With 1781 householders responding minus the two Town and Community councils (1779) we can be 95 confident that the views given represent those of Powys households as a whole within a margin of error of 3 This means that as in question 3 where we ask people how easy they find it to recycle and 34 state ldquovery easyrdquo we can be sure that if we repeated the survey the results would be between the range of 31 and 37 When conducting consultation exercise Powys County Council works to the National Principles for Public Engagement in Wales httpwwwparticipationcymruorguknational-principles
wouldnrsquot cope were large families families with children in nappies and those with incontinence waste to dispose of However 473 residents who currently have a standard 180litre bin also felt they wouldnrsquot be able to cope Interestingly there were five respondents who although theyrsquod stated that their 180litre bin was full up when due a collection in the previous question had perhaps reconsidered what they recycled and what they put in their wheeled bin currently because they answered lsquoyesrsquo they would manage on a three weekly cycle No other resident type who had stated their wheeled bin was already full had done so although 55 residents with a 180 litre bin had chosen lsquonot surersquo as their option suggesting that they would reserve judgement and see how a three weekly service worked for them in practice Q4b On average how many purple sacks do you put out currently on the fortnightly service 197 respondents identified themselves as being on purple sacks rather than having a wheeled bin There are a number of reasons why householders are either given or request this alternative provision Predominantly it can be because they donrsquot have space for a wheeled bin they live in a flat they live on a steep incline so a wheeled bin isnrsquot suitable or they live in a rural setting and have a shared residual waste collection point (for some people this can be down a track so in essence itrsquos not possible for a refuse lorry to get down to a property and equally residents wouldnrsquot want to attempt to wheel a bin up to said collection point
As can be seen in the bar chart above the vast majority of the 197 respondents put out just or two bags a fortnight Only 3 people said they tended to put out more than four bags a fortnight
Series10
50
100
150
200
1 2 3 4 4+ No ans Total
72 77
316 3 8
197
No of purple bags put out for collection per fortnight
Q4c When we go three weekly do you think yoursquoll manage as you are doing currently 189 out of the 197 on purple sacks responded to this follow up question with just over a third (37) stating yes they would manage but 63 feeling they wouldnrsquot
The next series of questions focused on the different household types and what the council was considering in terms of mitigations and extra capacity Q5 For large families consisting of six people or more you should currently have either a 180litre (standard size) bin or a 240litre (larger size) wheeled bin When we go three weekly if you couldnrsquot fit all your non-recyclable waste into the bin we are considering the following Please state which you would prefer
Option Count
180litre now + roll of purple sacks 4
Swap from 180litre to 240litre bin 34
240litre now + roll of purple sacks 12
240litre bin now + 120litre bin 52
Total 102
Out of the 108 residents who stated they were a large family 102 answered this question Overall it appears that for residents with a 180 litre bin the preference was to swap to a bigger 240litre bin Equally those that were already on a 240litrre bin would rather have an additional smaller 120litre bin However purple sacks were the preferred choice for some but the numbers were lower Q6 For families with 2 or more children in nappies you may currently have either a 180litre (standard size) bin or a 240litre (larger size) wheeled bin When we go three weekly we are considering a free nappy collection scheme (frequency to be determined but likely to be weekly or fortnightly)
37
63
of respondents on purple sacks
Yes No
which would allow you to dispose of your nappies and free up space in your wheeled bin for the rest of your non-recyclable waste Would this help 147 respondents had stated that they were in the position of having two or more children in nappies currently 139 of them chose to answer this question 70 felt a free and additional nappy collection service would be a help
The same respondents were then asked a follow up question Q6a If there was a nappy collection service in place do you feel confident that you could manage with the wheeled bin you have for the rest of your non-recyclable waste every three weeks Five of the 139 respondents who answered Q6 chose not to answer this follow up question leaving 134 responses The results showed that 60 were not convinced or confident that they would be able to manage with their current bin and an extra nappy collection service 40 felt they would be able to manage with six householders also happy to consider swapping back from a 240litre bin to the standard 180litre bin
Answer Count Percentage
Yes that would be fine 48 36
Yes and swap back to 180litre bin
6 4
No 80 60
Total 134 100
Finally the same respondents (families with 2 or more children in nappies) were asked one more question
0
20
40
60
80
100
Yes No
70
30
Chart Title
Q6b If the nappy service isnrsquot deemed viable for Powys then we are considering the following Which would be the best option for your household
Option Count
180litre now + roll of purple sacks 6
Swap from 180litre to 240litre bin 42
240litre now + roll of purple sacks 24
240litre bin now + 120litre bin 47
Total 119
119 families answered this final question As was the case for the larger families the preference for those with a 180litre bin was clearly to move to a 240litre wheeled bin instead Those families who were already on the larger bin were more likely to want an extra 120litre bin if there were no nappy collection scheme on offer but 24 did say theyrsquod prefer a roll of purple sacks instead Q7 For households where someone has incontinence waste or similar eg incontinence pads or colostomy bags you may have either a 180litre (standard size) or a 240litre (larger size) wheeled bin When we go three weekly wersquod like to be able to offer a free incontinence wastenappy collection scheme (frequency to be agreed but likely to be weekly or fortnightly) This would allow you to dispose of some of your waste and free up space in your wheeled bin for the rest of your non-recyclable waste (This scheme would not include colostomy bags) Would this help 106 residents stated they had incontinence waste to dispose of However only 85 choose to answer this first specific question about the proposals around three weekly collections 56 were interested in a free service whilst 29 were not
The same respondents were then asked a similar question as those families with children in nappies
56
29
Interest in incontinence collection scheme
Yes No
Q7a If there was a collection service in place do you feel confident that you could manage with the wheeled bin you have for the rest of your non-recyclable waste every three weeks One more person choose to answer this question so 86 respondents gave a view The results showed that 50 were not convinced or confident that they would be able to manage but 50 did Looking at the 50 who felt confident 10 of these residents said they were happy to consider swapping back from their current 240litre bin to the standard 180litre bin
Answer Count Percentage
Yes that would be fine 34 40
Yes and swap back to 180litre bin
9 10
No 43 50
Total 86 100
Q7b If the service isnrsquot deemed viable then we are considering the following Which would be the best option for your household 81 out of the 86 respondents who had answered the previous question gave a view on what might work best for them Again there appears to be a preference by residents for an extra bin rather than purple sacks
Option Count
180litre now + roll of purple sacks 13
Swap from 180litre to 240litre bin 28
240litre now + roll of purple sacks 13
240litre bin now + 120litre bin 27
Total 81
Q8 For households who opted for a 120litre bin there is an option to swap to a bigger 180litre bin or to stay as you are if you felt you didnrsquot have much non-recyclable waste to dispose of Which would be your preferred option 157 residents had identified themselves as having a 120litre bin which is the smallest wheeled bin available 144 answered this question 57 were happy to stay on the 120litre bin they had already compared to 43 who wanted to swap to a 180litre bin when the council moved to a three weekly collection
Answer Count Percentage
Stick with the 120litre bin 82
Swap to a 180 litre bin 62
Total 144
Q10 Having considered your household situation and the plans being put forward do you have any major concerns about a change to a three weekly rubbish collection service
Answer Count Percentage
Yes 1358 80
No 336 20
Total 1694 100
This question was asked of all respondents 1694 out of the 1781 respondents answered this question The vast majority (80) had some concerns about the move to a three weekly refuse collection service and these concerns related to a number of issues Residents were asked to give details Q10a The top five concerns were
potential smell of waste after three weeks
vermin
fly tipping
capacity issues re storage andor more boxes
communications and information re- recycling
Q10b What about moving to a monthly rubbish collection service Would
you have any objections if you could store your non-recyclable waste in a
big enough bin
Respondents were given the choice of four answers Two were objecting to a move to four weekly and two were supporting this 1683 responses were received for this question Just under a fifth (19) felt a move to a monthly collection service either now or after the three weekly service had been rolled out for a while would not cause them a problem However 81 did object
Answer Count Percentage
No I wouldnrsquot object It makes sense to go monthly and make the savings now rather than going 3 weekly and then monthly
173 10
No I wouldnrsquot object Irsquod be happy to go three weekly first and then move to a monthly collection over time
145 9
Yes I do object I think expecting households to wait three weeks for a collection is too long ndash savings or no savings Find them elsewhere
626 37
Yes I do object I think our recycling and rubbish collection service are the things that council tax payers can see for their money and going monthly isnrsquot acceptable
739 44
Total 1683 100
Q11 If you have any final comments or suggestions about recyclingrubbish
collections that yoursquod like to make please do so here
Over a thousand comments were received These comments were quite varied and
ranged from residents objecting per se to three weekly collections to some calls for
the council to get much tougher and fine people for not recycling their waste
There were comments that more communications information and advice was
needed to help residents understand what can and canrsquot be recycled and why we are
no longer taking the softer type plastic wrappings or bags This issue about
educating the public and helping them understand more about why certain decisions
are taken and what happens to the waste that goes to be recycled also came up in
the focus groups held in Presteigne in particular
There were some concerns about the potential smell of waste left for three weeks in
a wheeled bin ndash in particular things like pet waste nappies sanitary waste and dog
faeces which is generally put into wheeled bins There were also concerns about
flytipping
Some respondents called for the council to lobby the Welsh and Westminster
governmentrsquos about the cuts to funding and also to lobby and put pressure onto
manufacturers who produce a lot of unnecessary packaging
Other Responses
A further 20+ comments were received from residents via their local councillor from
a town and community council on behalf of their residents or from residents who
either emailed the council via the generic web site or a direct email address or who
rang to speak to an officer
These comments were all logged and analysed The majority resonated with the
views and concerns given by the wider sample and included comments on flytipping
health rats the impact on more urban towns confusion re a 3 weekly collection
cycle lack of garden waste collection storage and space issues operatives role in
keeping streets clean post a collection and comments regarding council tax and
value for money One resident suggested we consider electricity generation as in a
waste to energy plant and another request was made around better promotion and
communications regarding the whole reduce reuse and recycle ethos
Focus Groups
Some focus groups were also held in Presteige and Ystradgynlais with members of
the countyrsquos citizens panel to find out their views and concerns Presteigne
residents had been part of a Welsh Government project called Zero Waste a few
years ago and the majority had a 120 litre bin or purple sacks Residents in
Ystradgynlais were the first to receive the kerbside recycling service A focus group
for Welshpool was organised but only one person was able to attend so a telephone
interview was conducted instead with this resident The full findings will be included
in the final report but are summed up here
Presteigne focus group members were not overly concerned about moving to a three
weekly service but wanted to see better information advice and communications
around why we did and didnrsquot take certain materials and what residents can and
canrsquot recycle using the kerbside boxes and other outlets like the community recycling
sites and the household waste recycling centres They wanted Powys to promote
and make recycling as easy as possible They thought that the council should
assume people could cope with three weekly unless they stated otherwise and
thought residents should try the new service first and then be assessed if they
couldnrsquot manage with the bin they had They thought more could be done at
community recycling sites to allow residents to take other things there for recycling
Batteries and small electrical products were mentioned
Ystradgynlais focus group members felt it was easy to recycle overall but the boxes
were a bit cumbersome and some wanted more as theirs were full up Crews were
praised There were concerns expressed around communal bins for residents in
flats These were full up very quickly and perhaps used by other residents other than
those living in the flats to dispose of extra waste Storage was an issue for those
living in smaller homes and flats and the issue about getting older and putting out
heavy bins and boxes was expressed People felt they were happy to do their bit to
recycle but some families would struggle and need help and extra capacity
The telephone conversation with the Welshpool resident was based around the
difficulties faced by those living in a rural setting and the use of purple sacks and
communal collection points The gentleman had suggestions around better
communications and using the refuse crews to deliver regular flyers and information
to assist residents with their recycling
Conclusions
The purpose of the consultation was to seek and capture views from residents about
how easy they found it to recycle certain items of their household waste currently using the kerbside service (glass cardboard paper certain plastics and food)
how full up their wheeled bin was currently when due a fortnightly collection
what if any concerns they may have about a move to a three weekly refuse collection service
how the council might be able to mitigate for certain households who are more likely to produce more waste based on their personal circumstances (large families residents with incontinence waste to dispose of etc
The feedback received from the consultation will help the service
Understand what concerns households have regarding both the recycling and refuse collection service
Work to address said concerns wherever possible through targeted support and visits to householders who want some help or advice clear generic communications and information via the website posters letters and publicity
A note about market research and consultations
When conducting market research companies use a margin of error and confidence level to ensure that their results are robust and representative of the population they are seeking views from (the population of interest) A consultation however isnrsquot market research as people choose to respond and are not contacted using a sampling methodology People self-select so sometimes when conducting a consultation you only hear the views of the people who are either strongly in favour or strongly object to a proposal The silent majority may not have given a view However when we analyse any consultation results we do consider how robust they are in terms of the population of interest Powys has around 60000 households and a population of around 130000 Every household has the refuse collection and recycling service in one form or another so the population of interest is 60000 To get a robust and representative view of the population as a whole - using an market industry calculator ndash we needed over a thousand households to respond to the survey With 1781 householders responding minus the two Town and Community councils (1779) we can be 95 confident that the views given represent those of Powys households as a whole within a margin of error of 3 This means that as in question 3 where we ask people how easy they find it to recycle and 34 state ldquovery easyrdquo we can be sure that if we repeated the survey the results would be between the range of 31 and 37 When conducting consultation exercise Powys County Council works to the National Principles for Public Engagement in Wales httpwwwparticipationcymruorguknational-principles
Q4c When we go three weekly do you think yoursquoll manage as you are doing currently 189 out of the 197 on purple sacks responded to this follow up question with just over a third (37) stating yes they would manage but 63 feeling they wouldnrsquot
The next series of questions focused on the different household types and what the council was considering in terms of mitigations and extra capacity Q5 For large families consisting of six people or more you should currently have either a 180litre (standard size) bin or a 240litre (larger size) wheeled bin When we go three weekly if you couldnrsquot fit all your non-recyclable waste into the bin we are considering the following Please state which you would prefer
Option Count
180litre now + roll of purple sacks 4
Swap from 180litre to 240litre bin 34
240litre now + roll of purple sacks 12
240litre bin now + 120litre bin 52
Total 102
Out of the 108 residents who stated they were a large family 102 answered this question Overall it appears that for residents with a 180 litre bin the preference was to swap to a bigger 240litre bin Equally those that were already on a 240litrre bin would rather have an additional smaller 120litre bin However purple sacks were the preferred choice for some but the numbers were lower Q6 For families with 2 or more children in nappies you may currently have either a 180litre (standard size) bin or a 240litre (larger size) wheeled bin When we go three weekly we are considering a free nappy collection scheme (frequency to be determined but likely to be weekly or fortnightly)
37
63
of respondents on purple sacks
Yes No
which would allow you to dispose of your nappies and free up space in your wheeled bin for the rest of your non-recyclable waste Would this help 147 respondents had stated that they were in the position of having two or more children in nappies currently 139 of them chose to answer this question 70 felt a free and additional nappy collection service would be a help
The same respondents were then asked a follow up question Q6a If there was a nappy collection service in place do you feel confident that you could manage with the wheeled bin you have for the rest of your non-recyclable waste every three weeks Five of the 139 respondents who answered Q6 chose not to answer this follow up question leaving 134 responses The results showed that 60 were not convinced or confident that they would be able to manage with their current bin and an extra nappy collection service 40 felt they would be able to manage with six householders also happy to consider swapping back from a 240litre bin to the standard 180litre bin
Answer Count Percentage
Yes that would be fine 48 36
Yes and swap back to 180litre bin
6 4
No 80 60
Total 134 100
Finally the same respondents (families with 2 or more children in nappies) were asked one more question
0
20
40
60
80
100
Yes No
70
30
Chart Title
Q6b If the nappy service isnrsquot deemed viable for Powys then we are considering the following Which would be the best option for your household
Option Count
180litre now + roll of purple sacks 6
Swap from 180litre to 240litre bin 42
240litre now + roll of purple sacks 24
240litre bin now + 120litre bin 47
Total 119
119 families answered this final question As was the case for the larger families the preference for those with a 180litre bin was clearly to move to a 240litre wheeled bin instead Those families who were already on the larger bin were more likely to want an extra 120litre bin if there were no nappy collection scheme on offer but 24 did say theyrsquod prefer a roll of purple sacks instead Q7 For households where someone has incontinence waste or similar eg incontinence pads or colostomy bags you may have either a 180litre (standard size) or a 240litre (larger size) wheeled bin When we go three weekly wersquod like to be able to offer a free incontinence wastenappy collection scheme (frequency to be agreed but likely to be weekly or fortnightly) This would allow you to dispose of some of your waste and free up space in your wheeled bin for the rest of your non-recyclable waste (This scheme would not include colostomy bags) Would this help 106 residents stated they had incontinence waste to dispose of However only 85 choose to answer this first specific question about the proposals around three weekly collections 56 were interested in a free service whilst 29 were not
The same respondents were then asked a similar question as those families with children in nappies
56
29
Interest in incontinence collection scheme
Yes No
Q7a If there was a collection service in place do you feel confident that you could manage with the wheeled bin you have for the rest of your non-recyclable waste every three weeks One more person choose to answer this question so 86 respondents gave a view The results showed that 50 were not convinced or confident that they would be able to manage but 50 did Looking at the 50 who felt confident 10 of these residents said they were happy to consider swapping back from their current 240litre bin to the standard 180litre bin
Answer Count Percentage
Yes that would be fine 34 40
Yes and swap back to 180litre bin
9 10
No 43 50
Total 86 100
Q7b If the service isnrsquot deemed viable then we are considering the following Which would be the best option for your household 81 out of the 86 respondents who had answered the previous question gave a view on what might work best for them Again there appears to be a preference by residents for an extra bin rather than purple sacks
Option Count
180litre now + roll of purple sacks 13
Swap from 180litre to 240litre bin 28
240litre now + roll of purple sacks 13
240litre bin now + 120litre bin 27
Total 81
Q8 For households who opted for a 120litre bin there is an option to swap to a bigger 180litre bin or to stay as you are if you felt you didnrsquot have much non-recyclable waste to dispose of Which would be your preferred option 157 residents had identified themselves as having a 120litre bin which is the smallest wheeled bin available 144 answered this question 57 were happy to stay on the 120litre bin they had already compared to 43 who wanted to swap to a 180litre bin when the council moved to a three weekly collection
Answer Count Percentage
Stick with the 120litre bin 82
Swap to a 180 litre bin 62
Total 144
Q10 Having considered your household situation and the plans being put forward do you have any major concerns about a change to a three weekly rubbish collection service
Answer Count Percentage
Yes 1358 80
No 336 20
Total 1694 100
This question was asked of all respondents 1694 out of the 1781 respondents answered this question The vast majority (80) had some concerns about the move to a three weekly refuse collection service and these concerns related to a number of issues Residents were asked to give details Q10a The top five concerns were
potential smell of waste after three weeks
vermin
fly tipping
capacity issues re storage andor more boxes
communications and information re- recycling
Q10b What about moving to a monthly rubbish collection service Would
you have any objections if you could store your non-recyclable waste in a
big enough bin
Respondents were given the choice of four answers Two were objecting to a move to four weekly and two were supporting this 1683 responses were received for this question Just under a fifth (19) felt a move to a monthly collection service either now or after the three weekly service had been rolled out for a while would not cause them a problem However 81 did object
Answer Count Percentage
No I wouldnrsquot object It makes sense to go monthly and make the savings now rather than going 3 weekly and then monthly
173 10
No I wouldnrsquot object Irsquod be happy to go three weekly first and then move to a monthly collection over time
145 9
Yes I do object I think expecting households to wait three weeks for a collection is too long ndash savings or no savings Find them elsewhere
626 37
Yes I do object I think our recycling and rubbish collection service are the things that council tax payers can see for their money and going monthly isnrsquot acceptable
739 44
Total 1683 100
Q11 If you have any final comments or suggestions about recyclingrubbish
collections that yoursquod like to make please do so here
Over a thousand comments were received These comments were quite varied and
ranged from residents objecting per se to three weekly collections to some calls for
the council to get much tougher and fine people for not recycling their waste
There were comments that more communications information and advice was
needed to help residents understand what can and canrsquot be recycled and why we are
no longer taking the softer type plastic wrappings or bags This issue about
educating the public and helping them understand more about why certain decisions
are taken and what happens to the waste that goes to be recycled also came up in
the focus groups held in Presteigne in particular
There were some concerns about the potential smell of waste left for three weeks in
a wheeled bin ndash in particular things like pet waste nappies sanitary waste and dog
faeces which is generally put into wheeled bins There were also concerns about
flytipping
Some respondents called for the council to lobby the Welsh and Westminster
governmentrsquos about the cuts to funding and also to lobby and put pressure onto
manufacturers who produce a lot of unnecessary packaging
Other Responses
A further 20+ comments were received from residents via their local councillor from
a town and community council on behalf of their residents or from residents who
either emailed the council via the generic web site or a direct email address or who
rang to speak to an officer
These comments were all logged and analysed The majority resonated with the
views and concerns given by the wider sample and included comments on flytipping
health rats the impact on more urban towns confusion re a 3 weekly collection
cycle lack of garden waste collection storage and space issues operatives role in
keeping streets clean post a collection and comments regarding council tax and
value for money One resident suggested we consider electricity generation as in a
waste to energy plant and another request was made around better promotion and
communications regarding the whole reduce reuse and recycle ethos
Focus Groups
Some focus groups were also held in Presteige and Ystradgynlais with members of
the countyrsquos citizens panel to find out their views and concerns Presteigne
residents had been part of a Welsh Government project called Zero Waste a few
years ago and the majority had a 120 litre bin or purple sacks Residents in
Ystradgynlais were the first to receive the kerbside recycling service A focus group
for Welshpool was organised but only one person was able to attend so a telephone
interview was conducted instead with this resident The full findings will be included
in the final report but are summed up here
Presteigne focus group members were not overly concerned about moving to a three
weekly service but wanted to see better information advice and communications
around why we did and didnrsquot take certain materials and what residents can and
canrsquot recycle using the kerbside boxes and other outlets like the community recycling
sites and the household waste recycling centres They wanted Powys to promote
and make recycling as easy as possible They thought that the council should
assume people could cope with three weekly unless they stated otherwise and
thought residents should try the new service first and then be assessed if they
couldnrsquot manage with the bin they had They thought more could be done at
community recycling sites to allow residents to take other things there for recycling
Batteries and small electrical products were mentioned
Ystradgynlais focus group members felt it was easy to recycle overall but the boxes
were a bit cumbersome and some wanted more as theirs were full up Crews were
praised There were concerns expressed around communal bins for residents in
flats These were full up very quickly and perhaps used by other residents other than
those living in the flats to dispose of extra waste Storage was an issue for those
living in smaller homes and flats and the issue about getting older and putting out
heavy bins and boxes was expressed People felt they were happy to do their bit to
recycle but some families would struggle and need help and extra capacity
The telephone conversation with the Welshpool resident was based around the
difficulties faced by those living in a rural setting and the use of purple sacks and
communal collection points The gentleman had suggestions around better
communications and using the refuse crews to deliver regular flyers and information
to assist residents with their recycling
Conclusions
The purpose of the consultation was to seek and capture views from residents about
how easy they found it to recycle certain items of their household waste currently using the kerbside service (glass cardboard paper certain plastics and food)
how full up their wheeled bin was currently when due a fortnightly collection
what if any concerns they may have about a move to a three weekly refuse collection service
how the council might be able to mitigate for certain households who are more likely to produce more waste based on their personal circumstances (large families residents with incontinence waste to dispose of etc
The feedback received from the consultation will help the service
Understand what concerns households have regarding both the recycling and refuse collection service
Work to address said concerns wherever possible through targeted support and visits to householders who want some help or advice clear generic communications and information via the website posters letters and publicity
A note about market research and consultations
When conducting market research companies use a margin of error and confidence level to ensure that their results are robust and representative of the population they are seeking views from (the population of interest) A consultation however isnrsquot market research as people choose to respond and are not contacted using a sampling methodology People self-select so sometimes when conducting a consultation you only hear the views of the people who are either strongly in favour or strongly object to a proposal The silent majority may not have given a view However when we analyse any consultation results we do consider how robust they are in terms of the population of interest Powys has around 60000 households and a population of around 130000 Every household has the refuse collection and recycling service in one form or another so the population of interest is 60000 To get a robust and representative view of the population as a whole - using an market industry calculator ndash we needed over a thousand households to respond to the survey With 1781 householders responding minus the two Town and Community councils (1779) we can be 95 confident that the views given represent those of Powys households as a whole within a margin of error of 3 This means that as in question 3 where we ask people how easy they find it to recycle and 34 state ldquovery easyrdquo we can be sure that if we repeated the survey the results would be between the range of 31 and 37 When conducting consultation exercise Powys County Council works to the National Principles for Public Engagement in Wales httpwwwparticipationcymruorguknational-principles
which would allow you to dispose of your nappies and free up space in your wheeled bin for the rest of your non-recyclable waste Would this help 147 respondents had stated that they were in the position of having two or more children in nappies currently 139 of them chose to answer this question 70 felt a free and additional nappy collection service would be a help
The same respondents were then asked a follow up question Q6a If there was a nappy collection service in place do you feel confident that you could manage with the wheeled bin you have for the rest of your non-recyclable waste every three weeks Five of the 139 respondents who answered Q6 chose not to answer this follow up question leaving 134 responses The results showed that 60 were not convinced or confident that they would be able to manage with their current bin and an extra nappy collection service 40 felt they would be able to manage with six householders also happy to consider swapping back from a 240litre bin to the standard 180litre bin
Answer Count Percentage
Yes that would be fine 48 36
Yes and swap back to 180litre bin
6 4
No 80 60
Total 134 100
Finally the same respondents (families with 2 or more children in nappies) were asked one more question
0
20
40
60
80
100
Yes No
70
30
Chart Title
Q6b If the nappy service isnrsquot deemed viable for Powys then we are considering the following Which would be the best option for your household
Option Count
180litre now + roll of purple sacks 6
Swap from 180litre to 240litre bin 42
240litre now + roll of purple sacks 24
240litre bin now + 120litre bin 47
Total 119
119 families answered this final question As was the case for the larger families the preference for those with a 180litre bin was clearly to move to a 240litre wheeled bin instead Those families who were already on the larger bin were more likely to want an extra 120litre bin if there were no nappy collection scheme on offer but 24 did say theyrsquod prefer a roll of purple sacks instead Q7 For households where someone has incontinence waste or similar eg incontinence pads or colostomy bags you may have either a 180litre (standard size) or a 240litre (larger size) wheeled bin When we go three weekly wersquod like to be able to offer a free incontinence wastenappy collection scheme (frequency to be agreed but likely to be weekly or fortnightly) This would allow you to dispose of some of your waste and free up space in your wheeled bin for the rest of your non-recyclable waste (This scheme would not include colostomy bags) Would this help 106 residents stated they had incontinence waste to dispose of However only 85 choose to answer this first specific question about the proposals around three weekly collections 56 were interested in a free service whilst 29 were not
The same respondents were then asked a similar question as those families with children in nappies
56
29
Interest in incontinence collection scheme
Yes No
Q7a If there was a collection service in place do you feel confident that you could manage with the wheeled bin you have for the rest of your non-recyclable waste every three weeks One more person choose to answer this question so 86 respondents gave a view The results showed that 50 were not convinced or confident that they would be able to manage but 50 did Looking at the 50 who felt confident 10 of these residents said they were happy to consider swapping back from their current 240litre bin to the standard 180litre bin
Answer Count Percentage
Yes that would be fine 34 40
Yes and swap back to 180litre bin
9 10
No 43 50
Total 86 100
Q7b If the service isnrsquot deemed viable then we are considering the following Which would be the best option for your household 81 out of the 86 respondents who had answered the previous question gave a view on what might work best for them Again there appears to be a preference by residents for an extra bin rather than purple sacks
Option Count
180litre now + roll of purple sacks 13
Swap from 180litre to 240litre bin 28
240litre now + roll of purple sacks 13
240litre bin now + 120litre bin 27
Total 81
Q8 For households who opted for a 120litre bin there is an option to swap to a bigger 180litre bin or to stay as you are if you felt you didnrsquot have much non-recyclable waste to dispose of Which would be your preferred option 157 residents had identified themselves as having a 120litre bin which is the smallest wheeled bin available 144 answered this question 57 were happy to stay on the 120litre bin they had already compared to 43 who wanted to swap to a 180litre bin when the council moved to a three weekly collection
Answer Count Percentage
Stick with the 120litre bin 82
Swap to a 180 litre bin 62
Total 144
Q10 Having considered your household situation and the plans being put forward do you have any major concerns about a change to a three weekly rubbish collection service
Answer Count Percentage
Yes 1358 80
No 336 20
Total 1694 100
This question was asked of all respondents 1694 out of the 1781 respondents answered this question The vast majority (80) had some concerns about the move to a three weekly refuse collection service and these concerns related to a number of issues Residents were asked to give details Q10a The top five concerns were
potential smell of waste after three weeks
vermin
fly tipping
capacity issues re storage andor more boxes
communications and information re- recycling
Q10b What about moving to a monthly rubbish collection service Would
you have any objections if you could store your non-recyclable waste in a
big enough bin
Respondents were given the choice of four answers Two were objecting to a move to four weekly and two were supporting this 1683 responses were received for this question Just under a fifth (19) felt a move to a monthly collection service either now or after the three weekly service had been rolled out for a while would not cause them a problem However 81 did object
Answer Count Percentage
No I wouldnrsquot object It makes sense to go monthly and make the savings now rather than going 3 weekly and then monthly
173 10
No I wouldnrsquot object Irsquod be happy to go three weekly first and then move to a monthly collection over time
145 9
Yes I do object I think expecting households to wait three weeks for a collection is too long ndash savings or no savings Find them elsewhere
626 37
Yes I do object I think our recycling and rubbish collection service are the things that council tax payers can see for their money and going monthly isnrsquot acceptable
739 44
Total 1683 100
Q11 If you have any final comments or suggestions about recyclingrubbish
collections that yoursquod like to make please do so here
Over a thousand comments were received These comments were quite varied and
ranged from residents objecting per se to three weekly collections to some calls for
the council to get much tougher and fine people for not recycling their waste
There were comments that more communications information and advice was
needed to help residents understand what can and canrsquot be recycled and why we are
no longer taking the softer type plastic wrappings or bags This issue about
educating the public and helping them understand more about why certain decisions
are taken and what happens to the waste that goes to be recycled also came up in
the focus groups held in Presteigne in particular
There were some concerns about the potential smell of waste left for three weeks in
a wheeled bin ndash in particular things like pet waste nappies sanitary waste and dog
faeces which is generally put into wheeled bins There were also concerns about
flytipping
Some respondents called for the council to lobby the Welsh and Westminster
governmentrsquos about the cuts to funding and also to lobby and put pressure onto
manufacturers who produce a lot of unnecessary packaging
Other Responses
A further 20+ comments were received from residents via their local councillor from
a town and community council on behalf of their residents or from residents who
either emailed the council via the generic web site or a direct email address or who
rang to speak to an officer
These comments were all logged and analysed The majority resonated with the
views and concerns given by the wider sample and included comments on flytipping
health rats the impact on more urban towns confusion re a 3 weekly collection
cycle lack of garden waste collection storage and space issues operatives role in
keeping streets clean post a collection and comments regarding council tax and
value for money One resident suggested we consider electricity generation as in a
waste to energy plant and another request was made around better promotion and
communications regarding the whole reduce reuse and recycle ethos
Focus Groups
Some focus groups were also held in Presteige and Ystradgynlais with members of
the countyrsquos citizens panel to find out their views and concerns Presteigne
residents had been part of a Welsh Government project called Zero Waste a few
years ago and the majority had a 120 litre bin or purple sacks Residents in
Ystradgynlais were the first to receive the kerbside recycling service A focus group
for Welshpool was organised but only one person was able to attend so a telephone
interview was conducted instead with this resident The full findings will be included
in the final report but are summed up here
Presteigne focus group members were not overly concerned about moving to a three
weekly service but wanted to see better information advice and communications
around why we did and didnrsquot take certain materials and what residents can and
canrsquot recycle using the kerbside boxes and other outlets like the community recycling
sites and the household waste recycling centres They wanted Powys to promote
and make recycling as easy as possible They thought that the council should
assume people could cope with three weekly unless they stated otherwise and
thought residents should try the new service first and then be assessed if they
couldnrsquot manage with the bin they had They thought more could be done at
community recycling sites to allow residents to take other things there for recycling
Batteries and small electrical products were mentioned
Ystradgynlais focus group members felt it was easy to recycle overall but the boxes
were a bit cumbersome and some wanted more as theirs were full up Crews were
praised There were concerns expressed around communal bins for residents in
flats These were full up very quickly and perhaps used by other residents other than
those living in the flats to dispose of extra waste Storage was an issue for those
living in smaller homes and flats and the issue about getting older and putting out
heavy bins and boxes was expressed People felt they were happy to do their bit to
recycle but some families would struggle and need help and extra capacity
The telephone conversation with the Welshpool resident was based around the
difficulties faced by those living in a rural setting and the use of purple sacks and
communal collection points The gentleman had suggestions around better
communications and using the refuse crews to deliver regular flyers and information
to assist residents with their recycling
Conclusions
The purpose of the consultation was to seek and capture views from residents about
how easy they found it to recycle certain items of their household waste currently using the kerbside service (glass cardboard paper certain plastics and food)
how full up their wheeled bin was currently when due a fortnightly collection
what if any concerns they may have about a move to a three weekly refuse collection service
how the council might be able to mitigate for certain households who are more likely to produce more waste based on their personal circumstances (large families residents with incontinence waste to dispose of etc
The feedback received from the consultation will help the service
Understand what concerns households have regarding both the recycling and refuse collection service
Work to address said concerns wherever possible through targeted support and visits to householders who want some help or advice clear generic communications and information via the website posters letters and publicity
A note about market research and consultations
When conducting market research companies use a margin of error and confidence level to ensure that their results are robust and representative of the population they are seeking views from (the population of interest) A consultation however isnrsquot market research as people choose to respond and are not contacted using a sampling methodology People self-select so sometimes when conducting a consultation you only hear the views of the people who are either strongly in favour or strongly object to a proposal The silent majority may not have given a view However when we analyse any consultation results we do consider how robust they are in terms of the population of interest Powys has around 60000 households and a population of around 130000 Every household has the refuse collection and recycling service in one form or another so the population of interest is 60000 To get a robust and representative view of the population as a whole - using an market industry calculator ndash we needed over a thousand households to respond to the survey With 1781 householders responding minus the two Town and Community councils (1779) we can be 95 confident that the views given represent those of Powys households as a whole within a margin of error of 3 This means that as in question 3 where we ask people how easy they find it to recycle and 34 state ldquovery easyrdquo we can be sure that if we repeated the survey the results would be between the range of 31 and 37 When conducting consultation exercise Powys County Council works to the National Principles for Public Engagement in Wales httpwwwparticipationcymruorguknational-principles
Q6b If the nappy service isnrsquot deemed viable for Powys then we are considering the following Which would be the best option for your household
Option Count
180litre now + roll of purple sacks 6
Swap from 180litre to 240litre bin 42
240litre now + roll of purple sacks 24
240litre bin now + 120litre bin 47
Total 119
119 families answered this final question As was the case for the larger families the preference for those with a 180litre bin was clearly to move to a 240litre wheeled bin instead Those families who were already on the larger bin were more likely to want an extra 120litre bin if there were no nappy collection scheme on offer but 24 did say theyrsquod prefer a roll of purple sacks instead Q7 For households where someone has incontinence waste or similar eg incontinence pads or colostomy bags you may have either a 180litre (standard size) or a 240litre (larger size) wheeled bin When we go three weekly wersquod like to be able to offer a free incontinence wastenappy collection scheme (frequency to be agreed but likely to be weekly or fortnightly) This would allow you to dispose of some of your waste and free up space in your wheeled bin for the rest of your non-recyclable waste (This scheme would not include colostomy bags) Would this help 106 residents stated they had incontinence waste to dispose of However only 85 choose to answer this first specific question about the proposals around three weekly collections 56 were interested in a free service whilst 29 were not
The same respondents were then asked a similar question as those families with children in nappies
56
29
Interest in incontinence collection scheme
Yes No
Q7a If there was a collection service in place do you feel confident that you could manage with the wheeled bin you have for the rest of your non-recyclable waste every three weeks One more person choose to answer this question so 86 respondents gave a view The results showed that 50 were not convinced or confident that they would be able to manage but 50 did Looking at the 50 who felt confident 10 of these residents said they were happy to consider swapping back from their current 240litre bin to the standard 180litre bin
Answer Count Percentage
Yes that would be fine 34 40
Yes and swap back to 180litre bin
9 10
No 43 50
Total 86 100
Q7b If the service isnrsquot deemed viable then we are considering the following Which would be the best option for your household 81 out of the 86 respondents who had answered the previous question gave a view on what might work best for them Again there appears to be a preference by residents for an extra bin rather than purple sacks
Option Count
180litre now + roll of purple sacks 13
Swap from 180litre to 240litre bin 28
240litre now + roll of purple sacks 13
240litre bin now + 120litre bin 27
Total 81
Q8 For households who opted for a 120litre bin there is an option to swap to a bigger 180litre bin or to stay as you are if you felt you didnrsquot have much non-recyclable waste to dispose of Which would be your preferred option 157 residents had identified themselves as having a 120litre bin which is the smallest wheeled bin available 144 answered this question 57 were happy to stay on the 120litre bin they had already compared to 43 who wanted to swap to a 180litre bin when the council moved to a three weekly collection
Answer Count Percentage
Stick with the 120litre bin 82
Swap to a 180 litre bin 62
Total 144
Q10 Having considered your household situation and the plans being put forward do you have any major concerns about a change to a three weekly rubbish collection service
Answer Count Percentage
Yes 1358 80
No 336 20
Total 1694 100
This question was asked of all respondents 1694 out of the 1781 respondents answered this question The vast majority (80) had some concerns about the move to a three weekly refuse collection service and these concerns related to a number of issues Residents were asked to give details Q10a The top five concerns were
potential smell of waste after three weeks
vermin
fly tipping
capacity issues re storage andor more boxes
communications and information re- recycling
Q10b What about moving to a monthly rubbish collection service Would
you have any objections if you could store your non-recyclable waste in a
big enough bin
Respondents were given the choice of four answers Two were objecting to a move to four weekly and two were supporting this 1683 responses were received for this question Just under a fifth (19) felt a move to a monthly collection service either now or after the three weekly service had been rolled out for a while would not cause them a problem However 81 did object
Answer Count Percentage
No I wouldnrsquot object It makes sense to go monthly and make the savings now rather than going 3 weekly and then monthly
173 10
No I wouldnrsquot object Irsquod be happy to go three weekly first and then move to a monthly collection over time
145 9
Yes I do object I think expecting households to wait three weeks for a collection is too long ndash savings or no savings Find them elsewhere
626 37
Yes I do object I think our recycling and rubbish collection service are the things that council tax payers can see for their money and going monthly isnrsquot acceptable
739 44
Total 1683 100
Q11 If you have any final comments or suggestions about recyclingrubbish
collections that yoursquod like to make please do so here
Over a thousand comments were received These comments were quite varied and
ranged from residents objecting per se to three weekly collections to some calls for
the council to get much tougher and fine people for not recycling their waste
There were comments that more communications information and advice was
needed to help residents understand what can and canrsquot be recycled and why we are
no longer taking the softer type plastic wrappings or bags This issue about
educating the public and helping them understand more about why certain decisions
are taken and what happens to the waste that goes to be recycled also came up in
the focus groups held in Presteigne in particular
There were some concerns about the potential smell of waste left for three weeks in
a wheeled bin ndash in particular things like pet waste nappies sanitary waste and dog
faeces which is generally put into wheeled bins There were also concerns about
flytipping
Some respondents called for the council to lobby the Welsh and Westminster
governmentrsquos about the cuts to funding and also to lobby and put pressure onto
manufacturers who produce a lot of unnecessary packaging
Other Responses
A further 20+ comments were received from residents via their local councillor from
a town and community council on behalf of their residents or from residents who
either emailed the council via the generic web site or a direct email address or who
rang to speak to an officer
These comments were all logged and analysed The majority resonated with the
views and concerns given by the wider sample and included comments on flytipping
health rats the impact on more urban towns confusion re a 3 weekly collection
cycle lack of garden waste collection storage and space issues operatives role in
keeping streets clean post a collection and comments regarding council tax and
value for money One resident suggested we consider electricity generation as in a
waste to energy plant and another request was made around better promotion and
communications regarding the whole reduce reuse and recycle ethos
Focus Groups
Some focus groups were also held in Presteige and Ystradgynlais with members of
the countyrsquos citizens panel to find out their views and concerns Presteigne
residents had been part of a Welsh Government project called Zero Waste a few
years ago and the majority had a 120 litre bin or purple sacks Residents in
Ystradgynlais were the first to receive the kerbside recycling service A focus group
for Welshpool was organised but only one person was able to attend so a telephone
interview was conducted instead with this resident The full findings will be included
in the final report but are summed up here
Presteigne focus group members were not overly concerned about moving to a three
weekly service but wanted to see better information advice and communications
around why we did and didnrsquot take certain materials and what residents can and
canrsquot recycle using the kerbside boxes and other outlets like the community recycling
sites and the household waste recycling centres They wanted Powys to promote
and make recycling as easy as possible They thought that the council should
assume people could cope with three weekly unless they stated otherwise and
thought residents should try the new service first and then be assessed if they
couldnrsquot manage with the bin they had They thought more could be done at
community recycling sites to allow residents to take other things there for recycling
Batteries and small electrical products were mentioned
Ystradgynlais focus group members felt it was easy to recycle overall but the boxes
were a bit cumbersome and some wanted more as theirs were full up Crews were
praised There were concerns expressed around communal bins for residents in
flats These were full up very quickly and perhaps used by other residents other than
those living in the flats to dispose of extra waste Storage was an issue for those
living in smaller homes and flats and the issue about getting older and putting out
heavy bins and boxes was expressed People felt they were happy to do their bit to
recycle but some families would struggle and need help and extra capacity
The telephone conversation with the Welshpool resident was based around the
difficulties faced by those living in a rural setting and the use of purple sacks and
communal collection points The gentleman had suggestions around better
communications and using the refuse crews to deliver regular flyers and information
to assist residents with their recycling
Conclusions
The purpose of the consultation was to seek and capture views from residents about
how easy they found it to recycle certain items of their household waste currently using the kerbside service (glass cardboard paper certain plastics and food)
how full up their wheeled bin was currently when due a fortnightly collection
what if any concerns they may have about a move to a three weekly refuse collection service
how the council might be able to mitigate for certain households who are more likely to produce more waste based on their personal circumstances (large families residents with incontinence waste to dispose of etc
The feedback received from the consultation will help the service
Understand what concerns households have regarding both the recycling and refuse collection service
Work to address said concerns wherever possible through targeted support and visits to householders who want some help or advice clear generic communications and information via the website posters letters and publicity
A note about market research and consultations
When conducting market research companies use a margin of error and confidence level to ensure that their results are robust and representative of the population they are seeking views from (the population of interest) A consultation however isnrsquot market research as people choose to respond and are not contacted using a sampling methodology People self-select so sometimes when conducting a consultation you only hear the views of the people who are either strongly in favour or strongly object to a proposal The silent majority may not have given a view However when we analyse any consultation results we do consider how robust they are in terms of the population of interest Powys has around 60000 households and a population of around 130000 Every household has the refuse collection and recycling service in one form or another so the population of interest is 60000 To get a robust and representative view of the population as a whole - using an market industry calculator ndash we needed over a thousand households to respond to the survey With 1781 householders responding minus the two Town and Community councils (1779) we can be 95 confident that the views given represent those of Powys households as a whole within a margin of error of 3 This means that as in question 3 where we ask people how easy they find it to recycle and 34 state ldquovery easyrdquo we can be sure that if we repeated the survey the results would be between the range of 31 and 37 When conducting consultation exercise Powys County Council works to the National Principles for Public Engagement in Wales httpwwwparticipationcymruorguknational-principles
Q7a If there was a collection service in place do you feel confident that you could manage with the wheeled bin you have for the rest of your non-recyclable waste every three weeks One more person choose to answer this question so 86 respondents gave a view The results showed that 50 were not convinced or confident that they would be able to manage but 50 did Looking at the 50 who felt confident 10 of these residents said they were happy to consider swapping back from their current 240litre bin to the standard 180litre bin
Answer Count Percentage
Yes that would be fine 34 40
Yes and swap back to 180litre bin
9 10
No 43 50
Total 86 100
Q7b If the service isnrsquot deemed viable then we are considering the following Which would be the best option for your household 81 out of the 86 respondents who had answered the previous question gave a view on what might work best for them Again there appears to be a preference by residents for an extra bin rather than purple sacks
Option Count
180litre now + roll of purple sacks 13
Swap from 180litre to 240litre bin 28
240litre now + roll of purple sacks 13
240litre bin now + 120litre bin 27
Total 81
Q8 For households who opted for a 120litre bin there is an option to swap to a bigger 180litre bin or to stay as you are if you felt you didnrsquot have much non-recyclable waste to dispose of Which would be your preferred option 157 residents had identified themselves as having a 120litre bin which is the smallest wheeled bin available 144 answered this question 57 were happy to stay on the 120litre bin they had already compared to 43 who wanted to swap to a 180litre bin when the council moved to a three weekly collection
Answer Count Percentage
Stick with the 120litre bin 82
Swap to a 180 litre bin 62
Total 144
Q10 Having considered your household situation and the plans being put forward do you have any major concerns about a change to a three weekly rubbish collection service
Answer Count Percentage
Yes 1358 80
No 336 20
Total 1694 100
This question was asked of all respondents 1694 out of the 1781 respondents answered this question The vast majority (80) had some concerns about the move to a three weekly refuse collection service and these concerns related to a number of issues Residents were asked to give details Q10a The top five concerns were
potential smell of waste after three weeks
vermin
fly tipping
capacity issues re storage andor more boxes
communications and information re- recycling
Q10b What about moving to a monthly rubbish collection service Would
you have any objections if you could store your non-recyclable waste in a
big enough bin
Respondents were given the choice of four answers Two were objecting to a move to four weekly and two were supporting this 1683 responses were received for this question Just under a fifth (19) felt a move to a monthly collection service either now or after the three weekly service had been rolled out for a while would not cause them a problem However 81 did object
Answer Count Percentage
No I wouldnrsquot object It makes sense to go monthly and make the savings now rather than going 3 weekly and then monthly
173 10
No I wouldnrsquot object Irsquod be happy to go three weekly first and then move to a monthly collection over time
145 9
Yes I do object I think expecting households to wait three weeks for a collection is too long ndash savings or no savings Find them elsewhere
626 37
Yes I do object I think our recycling and rubbish collection service are the things that council tax payers can see for their money and going monthly isnrsquot acceptable
739 44
Total 1683 100
Q11 If you have any final comments or suggestions about recyclingrubbish
collections that yoursquod like to make please do so here
Over a thousand comments were received These comments were quite varied and
ranged from residents objecting per se to three weekly collections to some calls for
the council to get much tougher and fine people for not recycling their waste
There were comments that more communications information and advice was
needed to help residents understand what can and canrsquot be recycled and why we are
no longer taking the softer type plastic wrappings or bags This issue about
educating the public and helping them understand more about why certain decisions
are taken and what happens to the waste that goes to be recycled also came up in
the focus groups held in Presteigne in particular
There were some concerns about the potential smell of waste left for three weeks in
a wheeled bin ndash in particular things like pet waste nappies sanitary waste and dog
faeces which is generally put into wheeled bins There were also concerns about
flytipping
Some respondents called for the council to lobby the Welsh and Westminster
governmentrsquos about the cuts to funding and also to lobby and put pressure onto
manufacturers who produce a lot of unnecessary packaging
Other Responses
A further 20+ comments were received from residents via their local councillor from
a town and community council on behalf of their residents or from residents who
either emailed the council via the generic web site or a direct email address or who
rang to speak to an officer
These comments were all logged and analysed The majority resonated with the
views and concerns given by the wider sample and included comments on flytipping
health rats the impact on more urban towns confusion re a 3 weekly collection
cycle lack of garden waste collection storage and space issues operatives role in
keeping streets clean post a collection and comments regarding council tax and
value for money One resident suggested we consider electricity generation as in a
waste to energy plant and another request was made around better promotion and
communications regarding the whole reduce reuse and recycle ethos
Focus Groups
Some focus groups were also held in Presteige and Ystradgynlais with members of
the countyrsquos citizens panel to find out their views and concerns Presteigne
residents had been part of a Welsh Government project called Zero Waste a few
years ago and the majority had a 120 litre bin or purple sacks Residents in
Ystradgynlais were the first to receive the kerbside recycling service A focus group
for Welshpool was organised but only one person was able to attend so a telephone
interview was conducted instead with this resident The full findings will be included
in the final report but are summed up here
Presteigne focus group members were not overly concerned about moving to a three
weekly service but wanted to see better information advice and communications
around why we did and didnrsquot take certain materials and what residents can and
canrsquot recycle using the kerbside boxes and other outlets like the community recycling
sites and the household waste recycling centres They wanted Powys to promote
and make recycling as easy as possible They thought that the council should
assume people could cope with three weekly unless they stated otherwise and
thought residents should try the new service first and then be assessed if they
couldnrsquot manage with the bin they had They thought more could be done at
community recycling sites to allow residents to take other things there for recycling
Batteries and small electrical products were mentioned
Ystradgynlais focus group members felt it was easy to recycle overall but the boxes
were a bit cumbersome and some wanted more as theirs were full up Crews were
praised There were concerns expressed around communal bins for residents in
flats These were full up very quickly and perhaps used by other residents other than
those living in the flats to dispose of extra waste Storage was an issue for those
living in smaller homes and flats and the issue about getting older and putting out
heavy bins and boxes was expressed People felt they were happy to do their bit to
recycle but some families would struggle and need help and extra capacity
The telephone conversation with the Welshpool resident was based around the
difficulties faced by those living in a rural setting and the use of purple sacks and
communal collection points The gentleman had suggestions around better
communications and using the refuse crews to deliver regular flyers and information
to assist residents with their recycling
Conclusions
The purpose of the consultation was to seek and capture views from residents about
how easy they found it to recycle certain items of their household waste currently using the kerbside service (glass cardboard paper certain plastics and food)
how full up their wheeled bin was currently when due a fortnightly collection
what if any concerns they may have about a move to a three weekly refuse collection service
how the council might be able to mitigate for certain households who are more likely to produce more waste based on their personal circumstances (large families residents with incontinence waste to dispose of etc
The feedback received from the consultation will help the service
Understand what concerns households have regarding both the recycling and refuse collection service
Work to address said concerns wherever possible through targeted support and visits to householders who want some help or advice clear generic communications and information via the website posters letters and publicity
A note about market research and consultations
When conducting market research companies use a margin of error and confidence level to ensure that their results are robust and representative of the population they are seeking views from (the population of interest) A consultation however isnrsquot market research as people choose to respond and are not contacted using a sampling methodology People self-select so sometimes when conducting a consultation you only hear the views of the people who are either strongly in favour or strongly object to a proposal The silent majority may not have given a view However when we analyse any consultation results we do consider how robust they are in terms of the population of interest Powys has around 60000 households and a population of around 130000 Every household has the refuse collection and recycling service in one form or another so the population of interest is 60000 To get a robust and representative view of the population as a whole - using an market industry calculator ndash we needed over a thousand households to respond to the survey With 1781 householders responding minus the two Town and Community councils (1779) we can be 95 confident that the views given represent those of Powys households as a whole within a margin of error of 3 This means that as in question 3 where we ask people how easy they find it to recycle and 34 state ldquovery easyrdquo we can be sure that if we repeated the survey the results would be between the range of 31 and 37 When conducting consultation exercise Powys County Council works to the National Principles for Public Engagement in Wales httpwwwparticipationcymruorguknational-principles
Answer Count Percentage
Stick with the 120litre bin 82
Swap to a 180 litre bin 62
Total 144
Q10 Having considered your household situation and the plans being put forward do you have any major concerns about a change to a three weekly rubbish collection service
Answer Count Percentage
Yes 1358 80
No 336 20
Total 1694 100
This question was asked of all respondents 1694 out of the 1781 respondents answered this question The vast majority (80) had some concerns about the move to a three weekly refuse collection service and these concerns related to a number of issues Residents were asked to give details Q10a The top five concerns were
potential smell of waste after three weeks
vermin
fly tipping
capacity issues re storage andor more boxes
communications and information re- recycling
Q10b What about moving to a monthly rubbish collection service Would
you have any objections if you could store your non-recyclable waste in a
big enough bin
Respondents were given the choice of four answers Two were objecting to a move to four weekly and two were supporting this 1683 responses were received for this question Just under a fifth (19) felt a move to a monthly collection service either now or after the three weekly service had been rolled out for a while would not cause them a problem However 81 did object
Answer Count Percentage
No I wouldnrsquot object It makes sense to go monthly and make the savings now rather than going 3 weekly and then monthly
173 10
No I wouldnrsquot object Irsquod be happy to go three weekly first and then move to a monthly collection over time
145 9
Yes I do object I think expecting households to wait three weeks for a collection is too long ndash savings or no savings Find them elsewhere
626 37
Yes I do object I think our recycling and rubbish collection service are the things that council tax payers can see for their money and going monthly isnrsquot acceptable
739 44
Total 1683 100
Q11 If you have any final comments or suggestions about recyclingrubbish
collections that yoursquod like to make please do so here
Over a thousand comments were received These comments were quite varied and
ranged from residents objecting per se to three weekly collections to some calls for
the council to get much tougher and fine people for not recycling their waste
There were comments that more communications information and advice was
needed to help residents understand what can and canrsquot be recycled and why we are
no longer taking the softer type plastic wrappings or bags This issue about
educating the public and helping them understand more about why certain decisions
are taken and what happens to the waste that goes to be recycled also came up in
the focus groups held in Presteigne in particular
There were some concerns about the potential smell of waste left for three weeks in
a wheeled bin ndash in particular things like pet waste nappies sanitary waste and dog
faeces which is generally put into wheeled bins There were also concerns about
flytipping
Some respondents called for the council to lobby the Welsh and Westminster
governmentrsquos about the cuts to funding and also to lobby and put pressure onto
manufacturers who produce a lot of unnecessary packaging
Other Responses
A further 20+ comments were received from residents via their local councillor from
a town and community council on behalf of their residents or from residents who
either emailed the council via the generic web site or a direct email address or who
rang to speak to an officer
These comments were all logged and analysed The majority resonated with the
views and concerns given by the wider sample and included comments on flytipping
health rats the impact on more urban towns confusion re a 3 weekly collection
cycle lack of garden waste collection storage and space issues operatives role in
keeping streets clean post a collection and comments regarding council tax and
value for money One resident suggested we consider electricity generation as in a
waste to energy plant and another request was made around better promotion and
communications regarding the whole reduce reuse and recycle ethos
Focus Groups
Some focus groups were also held in Presteige and Ystradgynlais with members of
the countyrsquos citizens panel to find out their views and concerns Presteigne
residents had been part of a Welsh Government project called Zero Waste a few
years ago and the majority had a 120 litre bin or purple sacks Residents in
Ystradgynlais were the first to receive the kerbside recycling service A focus group
for Welshpool was organised but only one person was able to attend so a telephone
interview was conducted instead with this resident The full findings will be included
in the final report but are summed up here
Presteigne focus group members were not overly concerned about moving to a three
weekly service but wanted to see better information advice and communications
around why we did and didnrsquot take certain materials and what residents can and
canrsquot recycle using the kerbside boxes and other outlets like the community recycling
sites and the household waste recycling centres They wanted Powys to promote
and make recycling as easy as possible They thought that the council should
assume people could cope with three weekly unless they stated otherwise and
thought residents should try the new service first and then be assessed if they
couldnrsquot manage with the bin they had They thought more could be done at
community recycling sites to allow residents to take other things there for recycling
Batteries and small electrical products were mentioned
Ystradgynlais focus group members felt it was easy to recycle overall but the boxes
were a bit cumbersome and some wanted more as theirs were full up Crews were
praised There were concerns expressed around communal bins for residents in
flats These were full up very quickly and perhaps used by other residents other than
those living in the flats to dispose of extra waste Storage was an issue for those
living in smaller homes and flats and the issue about getting older and putting out
heavy bins and boxes was expressed People felt they were happy to do their bit to
recycle but some families would struggle and need help and extra capacity
The telephone conversation with the Welshpool resident was based around the
difficulties faced by those living in a rural setting and the use of purple sacks and
communal collection points The gentleman had suggestions around better
communications and using the refuse crews to deliver regular flyers and information
to assist residents with their recycling
Conclusions
The purpose of the consultation was to seek and capture views from residents about
how easy they found it to recycle certain items of their household waste currently using the kerbside service (glass cardboard paper certain plastics and food)
how full up their wheeled bin was currently when due a fortnightly collection
what if any concerns they may have about a move to a three weekly refuse collection service
how the council might be able to mitigate for certain households who are more likely to produce more waste based on their personal circumstances (large families residents with incontinence waste to dispose of etc
The feedback received from the consultation will help the service
Understand what concerns households have regarding both the recycling and refuse collection service
Work to address said concerns wherever possible through targeted support and visits to householders who want some help or advice clear generic communications and information via the website posters letters and publicity
A note about market research and consultations
When conducting market research companies use a margin of error and confidence level to ensure that their results are robust and representative of the population they are seeking views from (the population of interest) A consultation however isnrsquot market research as people choose to respond and are not contacted using a sampling methodology People self-select so sometimes when conducting a consultation you only hear the views of the people who are either strongly in favour or strongly object to a proposal The silent majority may not have given a view However when we analyse any consultation results we do consider how robust they are in terms of the population of interest Powys has around 60000 households and a population of around 130000 Every household has the refuse collection and recycling service in one form or another so the population of interest is 60000 To get a robust and representative view of the population as a whole - using an market industry calculator ndash we needed over a thousand households to respond to the survey With 1781 householders responding minus the two Town and Community councils (1779) we can be 95 confident that the views given represent those of Powys households as a whole within a margin of error of 3 This means that as in question 3 where we ask people how easy they find it to recycle and 34 state ldquovery easyrdquo we can be sure that if we repeated the survey the results would be between the range of 31 and 37 When conducting consultation exercise Powys County Council works to the National Principles for Public Engagement in Wales httpwwwparticipationcymruorguknational-principles
Yes I do object I think expecting households to wait three weeks for a collection is too long ndash savings or no savings Find them elsewhere
626 37
Yes I do object I think our recycling and rubbish collection service are the things that council tax payers can see for their money and going monthly isnrsquot acceptable
739 44
Total 1683 100
Q11 If you have any final comments or suggestions about recyclingrubbish
collections that yoursquod like to make please do so here
Over a thousand comments were received These comments were quite varied and
ranged from residents objecting per se to three weekly collections to some calls for
the council to get much tougher and fine people for not recycling their waste
There were comments that more communications information and advice was
needed to help residents understand what can and canrsquot be recycled and why we are
no longer taking the softer type plastic wrappings or bags This issue about
educating the public and helping them understand more about why certain decisions
are taken and what happens to the waste that goes to be recycled also came up in
the focus groups held in Presteigne in particular
There were some concerns about the potential smell of waste left for three weeks in
a wheeled bin ndash in particular things like pet waste nappies sanitary waste and dog
faeces which is generally put into wheeled bins There were also concerns about
flytipping
Some respondents called for the council to lobby the Welsh and Westminster
governmentrsquos about the cuts to funding and also to lobby and put pressure onto
manufacturers who produce a lot of unnecessary packaging
Other Responses
A further 20+ comments were received from residents via their local councillor from
a town and community council on behalf of their residents or from residents who
either emailed the council via the generic web site or a direct email address or who
rang to speak to an officer
These comments were all logged and analysed The majority resonated with the
views and concerns given by the wider sample and included comments on flytipping
health rats the impact on more urban towns confusion re a 3 weekly collection
cycle lack of garden waste collection storage and space issues operatives role in
keeping streets clean post a collection and comments regarding council tax and
value for money One resident suggested we consider electricity generation as in a
waste to energy plant and another request was made around better promotion and
communications regarding the whole reduce reuse and recycle ethos
Focus Groups
Some focus groups were also held in Presteige and Ystradgynlais with members of
the countyrsquos citizens panel to find out their views and concerns Presteigne
residents had been part of a Welsh Government project called Zero Waste a few
years ago and the majority had a 120 litre bin or purple sacks Residents in
Ystradgynlais were the first to receive the kerbside recycling service A focus group
for Welshpool was organised but only one person was able to attend so a telephone
interview was conducted instead with this resident The full findings will be included
in the final report but are summed up here
Presteigne focus group members were not overly concerned about moving to a three
weekly service but wanted to see better information advice and communications
around why we did and didnrsquot take certain materials and what residents can and
canrsquot recycle using the kerbside boxes and other outlets like the community recycling
sites and the household waste recycling centres They wanted Powys to promote
and make recycling as easy as possible They thought that the council should
assume people could cope with three weekly unless they stated otherwise and
thought residents should try the new service first and then be assessed if they
couldnrsquot manage with the bin they had They thought more could be done at
community recycling sites to allow residents to take other things there for recycling
Batteries and small electrical products were mentioned
Ystradgynlais focus group members felt it was easy to recycle overall but the boxes
were a bit cumbersome and some wanted more as theirs were full up Crews were
praised There were concerns expressed around communal bins for residents in
flats These were full up very quickly and perhaps used by other residents other than
those living in the flats to dispose of extra waste Storage was an issue for those
living in smaller homes and flats and the issue about getting older and putting out
heavy bins and boxes was expressed People felt they were happy to do their bit to
recycle but some families would struggle and need help and extra capacity
The telephone conversation with the Welshpool resident was based around the
difficulties faced by those living in a rural setting and the use of purple sacks and
communal collection points The gentleman had suggestions around better
communications and using the refuse crews to deliver regular flyers and information
to assist residents with their recycling
Conclusions
The purpose of the consultation was to seek and capture views from residents about
how easy they found it to recycle certain items of their household waste currently using the kerbside service (glass cardboard paper certain plastics and food)
how full up their wheeled bin was currently when due a fortnightly collection
what if any concerns they may have about a move to a three weekly refuse collection service
how the council might be able to mitigate for certain households who are more likely to produce more waste based on their personal circumstances (large families residents with incontinence waste to dispose of etc
The feedback received from the consultation will help the service
Understand what concerns households have regarding both the recycling and refuse collection service
Work to address said concerns wherever possible through targeted support and visits to householders who want some help or advice clear generic communications and information via the website posters letters and publicity
A note about market research and consultations
When conducting market research companies use a margin of error and confidence level to ensure that their results are robust and representative of the population they are seeking views from (the population of interest) A consultation however isnrsquot market research as people choose to respond and are not contacted using a sampling methodology People self-select so sometimes when conducting a consultation you only hear the views of the people who are either strongly in favour or strongly object to a proposal The silent majority may not have given a view However when we analyse any consultation results we do consider how robust they are in terms of the population of interest Powys has around 60000 households and a population of around 130000 Every household has the refuse collection and recycling service in one form or another so the population of interest is 60000 To get a robust and representative view of the population as a whole - using an market industry calculator ndash we needed over a thousand households to respond to the survey With 1781 householders responding minus the two Town and Community councils (1779) we can be 95 confident that the views given represent those of Powys households as a whole within a margin of error of 3 This means that as in question 3 where we ask people how easy they find it to recycle and 34 state ldquovery easyrdquo we can be sure that if we repeated the survey the results would be between the range of 31 and 37 When conducting consultation exercise Powys County Council works to the National Principles for Public Engagement in Wales httpwwwparticipationcymruorguknational-principles
Focus Groups
Some focus groups were also held in Presteige and Ystradgynlais with members of
the countyrsquos citizens panel to find out their views and concerns Presteigne
residents had been part of a Welsh Government project called Zero Waste a few
years ago and the majority had a 120 litre bin or purple sacks Residents in
Ystradgynlais were the first to receive the kerbside recycling service A focus group
for Welshpool was organised but only one person was able to attend so a telephone
interview was conducted instead with this resident The full findings will be included
in the final report but are summed up here
Presteigne focus group members were not overly concerned about moving to a three
weekly service but wanted to see better information advice and communications
around why we did and didnrsquot take certain materials and what residents can and
canrsquot recycle using the kerbside boxes and other outlets like the community recycling
sites and the household waste recycling centres They wanted Powys to promote
and make recycling as easy as possible They thought that the council should
assume people could cope with three weekly unless they stated otherwise and
thought residents should try the new service first and then be assessed if they
couldnrsquot manage with the bin they had They thought more could be done at
community recycling sites to allow residents to take other things there for recycling
Batteries and small electrical products were mentioned
Ystradgynlais focus group members felt it was easy to recycle overall but the boxes
were a bit cumbersome and some wanted more as theirs were full up Crews were
praised There were concerns expressed around communal bins for residents in
flats These were full up very quickly and perhaps used by other residents other than
those living in the flats to dispose of extra waste Storage was an issue for those
living in smaller homes and flats and the issue about getting older and putting out
heavy bins and boxes was expressed People felt they were happy to do their bit to
recycle but some families would struggle and need help and extra capacity
The telephone conversation with the Welshpool resident was based around the
difficulties faced by those living in a rural setting and the use of purple sacks and
communal collection points The gentleman had suggestions around better
communications and using the refuse crews to deliver regular flyers and information
to assist residents with their recycling
Conclusions
The purpose of the consultation was to seek and capture views from residents about
how easy they found it to recycle certain items of their household waste currently using the kerbside service (glass cardboard paper certain plastics and food)
how full up their wheeled bin was currently when due a fortnightly collection
what if any concerns they may have about a move to a three weekly refuse collection service
how the council might be able to mitigate for certain households who are more likely to produce more waste based on their personal circumstances (large families residents with incontinence waste to dispose of etc
The feedback received from the consultation will help the service
Understand what concerns households have regarding both the recycling and refuse collection service
Work to address said concerns wherever possible through targeted support and visits to householders who want some help or advice clear generic communications and information via the website posters letters and publicity
A note about market research and consultations
When conducting market research companies use a margin of error and confidence level to ensure that their results are robust and representative of the population they are seeking views from (the population of interest) A consultation however isnrsquot market research as people choose to respond and are not contacted using a sampling methodology People self-select so sometimes when conducting a consultation you only hear the views of the people who are either strongly in favour or strongly object to a proposal The silent majority may not have given a view However when we analyse any consultation results we do consider how robust they are in terms of the population of interest Powys has around 60000 households and a population of around 130000 Every household has the refuse collection and recycling service in one form or another so the population of interest is 60000 To get a robust and representative view of the population as a whole - using an market industry calculator ndash we needed over a thousand households to respond to the survey With 1781 householders responding minus the two Town and Community councils (1779) we can be 95 confident that the views given represent those of Powys households as a whole within a margin of error of 3 This means that as in question 3 where we ask people how easy they find it to recycle and 34 state ldquovery easyrdquo we can be sure that if we repeated the survey the results would be between the range of 31 and 37 When conducting consultation exercise Powys County Council works to the National Principles for Public Engagement in Wales httpwwwparticipationcymruorguknational-principles
how the council might be able to mitigate for certain households who are more likely to produce more waste based on their personal circumstances (large families residents with incontinence waste to dispose of etc
The feedback received from the consultation will help the service
Understand what concerns households have regarding both the recycling and refuse collection service
Work to address said concerns wherever possible through targeted support and visits to householders who want some help or advice clear generic communications and information via the website posters letters and publicity
A note about market research and consultations
When conducting market research companies use a margin of error and confidence level to ensure that their results are robust and representative of the population they are seeking views from (the population of interest) A consultation however isnrsquot market research as people choose to respond and are not contacted using a sampling methodology People self-select so sometimes when conducting a consultation you only hear the views of the people who are either strongly in favour or strongly object to a proposal The silent majority may not have given a view However when we analyse any consultation results we do consider how robust they are in terms of the population of interest Powys has around 60000 households and a population of around 130000 Every household has the refuse collection and recycling service in one form or another so the population of interest is 60000 To get a robust and representative view of the population as a whole - using an market industry calculator ndash we needed over a thousand households to respond to the survey With 1781 householders responding minus the two Town and Community councils (1779) we can be 95 confident that the views given represent those of Powys households as a whole within a margin of error of 3 This means that as in question 3 where we ask people how easy they find it to recycle and 34 state ldquovery easyrdquo we can be sure that if we repeated the survey the results would be between the range of 31 and 37 When conducting consultation exercise Powys County Council works to the National Principles for Public Engagement in Wales httpwwwparticipationcymruorguknational-principles